rc\

>r4 CJLr €^ (C ^i'C

cif

lie ^C'(<'

c CC^

5 <^

S <i

CC(f 'T'r«u';i r< ( rrra

1 i^'

^f< ^'^v ^^C

?j

I''

"4

^j

&2

I IV'

r

I*

KfiCL

<.«

T<ri

A^«i

. CCCrniT

'<--^r<

"^AMBfMW^n

<4 a 4

Wf

^ 5

wmt. < t

r - f

«L <<'«HK«C 1

c((r < c<

ifi^

( K<.i." ^^«

' r f C4

1 ^U«

c C<1€

r^. r^rr

czrc^

:r.<oi4

flr<rx<r<r«

1

<

•til «€^

c c

r\ 'M'lf jnr

'«(€ <'(

r<c

>4<''

{r<. y^'.w (n

C4 c c

HT <

ir~3

. c^

kZ'. 1 c

1

- 9.

it-i

•►-f^

^» t c

(

rS^ff A ( n

H'^THPni

.^ Cd

an

-^

u i

fi

^

r<^<^ €(

^

CCc

VY^ €

tjmnt

r'<J<.l

■^~

r ^f

JK^.X C

^

LJ

P

^

^te

^

'C 4t IK^4

f:»^^^#tr.t * r<,a

. .<

« «

4 ic Cdf

tiili*-

^iB tfCc tuC

XC!

5<1 *i

it^ic*

^^((

<f(C

rrr^

3nd .' 3r. ZOOLOGY. I

.'^'

/

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

rVOL. V. PART 1

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

A CONTRIBUTION TO INDIAN CARCINOLOUY

BY

J. R. HENDERSON, MB., F.L.S.,

pKIXOW OF THE UNn'KnSlTY OF MADRAS, PKOFESSOIt OF BIOI.OOY IX THF. MADRAS CHBISTIAN CO..LK(il:

LONDON

L '^

■a

^I5^ac)

•i*Jimi

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND KliANCIS, UKU l.ION COURT. FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BUKLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCAl'n^I'Y. W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW-

^fay 1893.

^Q>^:

-^^

^

t JJJ^:^ i^ w.--^ [ 325 ]

X. A Contribution to Indian Carcinology./ Bij J. 11. IIexdersox, 31. B., F.L.S.,
Fellow of the TJniversity of Ilodras, Professor of Biology in the Iladras Christian
College.

(Plates XXXVI.-XL.)

Read ICth June, l.«02.
IXTRODl'CTIOX.

1 IIE Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea referred to in this paper, though furnished
by several distinct collections, are all from Indian localities, and it has therefore been
found most convenient to incorporate the results of their examination in a single report.
A large proportion of the species are contained in two collections, both of considerable
size, the first formed by my friend Mr. Edgar Thurston, Superintendent of the Madras
Government Museum, chiefly from stations in the Gulf of Manaar, the second by myself",
from various localities in the Madras Presidency. Both collections were to some extent
examined and the species identified in India, prior to my return to England on leave
in 1891, and I fully anticipated that a short period of work at the British Museum
would have enabled me to complete the identifications. But the time thus occupied
proved much longer than I had calculated, a large portion of it being taken up with
the examination of some of the commonest and longest known forms, which are certainly
not so well known as they ought to be ; and I may add that my later studies have con-
vinced me that the working out of a large collection of shallow-water species cannot be
satisfactorily accomplished in India.

Wiiile engaged in this work, Dr. Giinther and Mr. Pocock, of the British Museum,
kindly placed in my hands for examination a series of Indian Crustacea deposited in
the National Collection, including a large number of specimens pi-esented by the late
Surgeon-General E. Day, C.I.E., and Mr. E. W. Gates, F.Z.S., which have enabled me
consi(kn-ably to enlarge the scope of this paper. Dr. Day's collection consists chiefly
of the larger and better known Indian marine Decapods, from various localities, as well
as a number of land and freshwater Crabs (Telphusidas), and a large series of freshx^iter
and marine Prawns, belonging to the genera Palcemon and Bcnceus, which have induced
me to revise, to some extent, the characters of the Indian species belonging to the latter
genus. Mr. Gates's collection, though not of large extent, includes a number of most
interesting forms — principally Macrura — taken by dredging at depths of from tea to twenty
fathoms, in the Gulf of Martaban, Burmah ; and, as might be expected, it contains some of
the species lately described by Dr. De Man, from the neighbouring Mergui Archipelago.
In addition to these I have examined tAVo small collections from Ceylon, the ^lii'st
consisting of between fifty and sixty species, which were sent me for identilication

SECOXD SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. IS

326 MK. .1. R. HP;NDEKS0N— A CONTKIBUTION

before I left India, by Mr. Ilalv, of tbe Colombo Museum, the second a small series
of littoral forms, presented to the British Museum by Mr. H. Nevill.

Prom all these sources I have been able to identify two hundred and eighty-nine
species, of which thirty-three are described as new to science, including two which are
regarded as the types of new genera. The number of new species is perhaps smaller
than might be expected in a collection the size of that reported on, but I may state that
want of time has compelled me to set aside a considerable nuniber, either not yet
identified or believed to l)e new. In certain of the larger genera, e. g. Filummis, Leu-
cosia, and Alphem; I have attempted to name only the l)etter known forms ; for, till
someone Avith access to types provides us Avitli a revision of these groups, the determi-
nation of many of the species must remain uncertain, if not impossible. The material
at my disposal has enabled me to reduce several previously constituted species to the
rank of synonyms, and work of this kind is perhaps quite as important as adding to the
list of known forms. Space and other considerations have forced me to make my
remarks concerning previously known species as brief as possible, and I have only
attempted to record the publications in which these are originally or most fully described,
or where their synonymy is discussed ; while, in regard to distribution, I liave merely
indicated the chief localities in which they have been previously found, and in the case
of the less perfectly known species have added the authorities for these.

The limited knowledge we possess in regard to most groups of the Invertebrate fauna
of India has more than once been commented on, and is notew orthy cousideriug the
length of time that the country has been inhabited by Europeans ; indeed, as regards
Crustacea, up to a comparatively recent date, there was less definite knowledge of
the Indian fauna than of the fauna of many other Asiatic and Australasian countries.
The older writers are often extremely vague in the localization of their species, l)ut there
can be little doubt that a large proportion of the Crustacea recorded under such general
terms as "Seas of Asia," " Eastern Seas," or "East Indies," came originally from India.
Eabricius and Hei-bst, towards the end of last century, described a considerable number
of Indian species, and at a later period collections, chiefly from Pondicherry, found their
way to Paris, and some of the species are recorded by Milne-Edwards, in his well-linown
' Histoirc JsaturcUe des Crustaces." Comparatively few JMiglish naturalists in India
appear to have paid any attention to this group, but collections, both comparatively small,
were made by General Hardwicke and Colonel Sykes, and the first of these collections
is frequently referred to by White in his List of the Crustacea in the British Maseum.
In more recent times the late Sir Walter Elliot, of the Madras Civil Service, formed a
collection on the Coromandel coast which passed into the liauds of the late 'Mv. Spence
Bate, who refers to a few of the species in his Report on the ' Clialleuger ' Macrura.
The work of Professor Wood-Mason, Superintendent of tlie Indian Museum, Calcutta,
is well known ; during the last twenty years he has published valuable paj)ors, more
especially on the Telphusidae, and during the past year a Ileport on the deep-sea
Crustacea from the Bay of Bengal, taken byll.M.S. ' Investigator,' in w hieh a number
of new forms are described.

In 1857 the Austrian frigate ' Novara,' on a scientific voyage round the world, touched

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 327

at Madras, Ceylon, and the Nicobars, and Prof. Camil Heller, in his Keport on the
Crustacea of the Expedition, enumerates over one hundred species of Dec;ipods and
Stomatopods taken in these localities. Recently the Crustacea collected by the lirothers
Sarasin at Trincomali in Ceylon, and amounting to ninety-two species, have been re-
cord(>d, and some new species descril)ed by Dr. F. Midler*. But the most valuable
contribution to the sulijeet hitherto published is the Report by Dr. De Man, of Middel-
burg, on the Crustacea collected in the Mergui Archipelago by Dr. Anderson, late
Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. This Report, which was publislied in
1887-88, and forms vol. xxii. of the Linnean Society's Jovtrnal in Zoology, is valuable,
not merely on account of its dealing with the first collection of any extent made
in the Bay of Bengal, one which uatiu-ally comprised a considerable proportion of new
species, but also on account of the careful manner in which the author has redescribed
a number of common species, which had been imperfectly cliaracterized by their first
describers.

All naturalists who have worked at this group have felt the impossibility, in many
cases, of determining the actual species which furnished the crude figures, or brief
diagnoses, by means of which most of the commoner and more widely distributed forms
have been handed down to us in the works of Herl)st and Eabricius. MUne-Edwards
appears to have interpreted the species of last-century writers, without an actual exami-
nation of their types, and any errors he may have made in consequence have been followed
by most subsequent writers. It is therefore highly desirable, as De Man has suggested
and i^artly done, to re-examine the earlier types, which were described in a manner
that ampler material and increased knowledge have shown to be quite inadequate. In
most cases where the original specimens are sufficiently well preserved to render their
identity certain, and where there can be no doubt as to correctness of labelling, it is
probably advisable to adopt the original designation, though wliether a long-established
and universally-adopted name should be displaced by the discovery of some forgotten
specimen seems to me very questionable.

The greater part of my own collecting has l)een done at three differently-situated
localities, some account of which, along with the chief features in their Crustacean
fauna, I have ventured to draw up, such information being usually scanty in systematic
works, where very often the writer has not been at the same time the collector of tlie
specimens on which he reports.

The harbour of Madras, which may be taken as typical of the entire Coromaudel
coast, does not at first sight appear to offer much promise to the carcinologist, but
more extended observation will show tliat it is far richer in species than could have
been expected from the nature of the locality. On this coast the sea breaks at some
distance from the shore in an almost constant surf, and the waves finally roll in on a
low sandy beach, where the average range of the tide is not more than two or three
feet. On the sandy shore species of Ocypoda. {O. platijtarais, O. macrocera) are met
with, running aboiit towards the water's edge in countless num])ers, chiefly in the

* " Zur Crustaceenfauiia von Trirmmiili," Verhandl. d. iiaturf. Gesellsch. Basel. Tlicil viii. 1887-

48*

328 ME. J. R. HENDEESON— A COMTEIBUTION

morning- and evening-, wlien the sun's rays are less powerful, and on the slightest sii^n
of alarm they at once seek their burrows. One species of this genus (O. cordimana) is,
hoAvever, a strictly terrestrial crab, and occurs at some distance from the sea, often living
among the matted branches of a trailing convolvulus, which is frequently also the
shelter of a sand-lizard [Mabtiia Bibmnii, Gray), and it may be seen even further
inland, inhabiting the sandy soil of casuarina plantations. Hiding in the sand at low
water, the curious anomurous forms Rippa asiatica and Alhunea symnista are found,
the former in particular being very abundant. On the stonework of the harbour, and
in those few localities where rocks appear, species of Gmpsus and Plagusia are seen
clinging tenaciously to the surface by means of their sharp dactyli, which enable
them effectually to Avithstand the force of the breakers among which they live. Outside
the surf-zone is a belt of shallow water, with the bottom composed chiefly of broken
shells and sand, in which the Crustacean fauna is undoubtedly rich. I have obtained
considerably over one liundred species from it, and there are certainly many more yet
to be discovered. All my gleanings from this belt come from the heaps of material
thrown up on the beach by fishermen, who practise fishing by means of very Ion" nets
taken out through the surf in catamarans, and afterwards drawn in on the sliore. Here
are found species of Boclea, Egeria, Neptmius, Goniosoma, Matuta, Culappa, Philyra,
Borippe, Diogenes, Thenus, and Squilla, along with representatives of other ^enera in
smaller numbers. Indeed, it is scarcely possible to examine the shore-heaps without
finding the following species -.—Boclea htjbrkla, Goniosoma variegaiitm, 31atiUa victrix,
Philyra scabriusciila, Borippe facchiuo, Diogenes custos, and Squilla uepa, which are
certainly those found in greatest abundance. Grey and sombre hues prevail amono-
these species, which, doubtless, eifectually protect them on a more or less sand-tinted

bottom, while the comparative absence of fragile forms— the fossorial ones excepted

and the relative abundance of swimming species, e.g. Portunids, JIattUa, and the curious
hermit-crab, Sijiropagurus spiriger, indicate an exposed and turbulent habitat. In the
Madras fish bazaars numerous species of Penceus, Palcemon, Panulii'us, Neptmius, &c.
are exposed for sale, for among the lower orders of the community size is apparently the
sole criterion of edibility as regards Crustacea. The two edible species p)ar excellence
among Europeans are tlie large swinuning crab {Scylla serrata) and the prawn {Penceus
monodon), although some of the specimens sold under the latter designation belou" to
the genus Pfd«»^OM, and come from fresh water. The so-called •' river " Cooura, the
water of whicli is brackish only towards its temporary outlet, and everywhere much
contaminated by town sewage, affords shelter to species of Palcemon, Pencetis, and other
Macrura. On its lianks are seen the burrows of a large species of Sesarma {S. tetragona),
and the crab itself may frequently be observed near the openings of drains, while the
sand and mud-fiats are lioneycomljed l)y species of Gekmmns. The tanks or freshwater
ponds, and even the wells, are inhabited by species oi Palcemon, Telphusa, and Caridina,
t;he most conspicuous being the freshAvater prawn Palcemon carcinus, Avhich attains a
considerable size, and the freshwater cral), Telplmsa LeschenauUi. The burrows of
Telphusse may be seen almost everywhere, except in the most arid situations. Though
the Madras coast is, by its physical conditions, peculiarly unsuited I'or drcdgmg,

TO INDIAN CAECIXOLOGY. 329

I have taken by this method, in the sheltered water of Madras harbour,, several speciRs
which I have not met with elsewhere.

Stretching alonsi; the Coromandel coast, for a very considerable distance both north and
south of Madras, is a system of shallow backwaters or lagoons running parallel to the
sea-line, though often separated from tlie sea itself by an interval of a mile or more, and
joined by means of canals into a continuous Avaterway. In certain places the back-
water widens out to form large lake-like expanses, one of which, the so-called Pulicat
Lake, is thirty-seven miles in length. For the greater part of the year this system is
practically shut off from the sea, but during the rainy season the intervening sandy bar,
at intervals, is either artificially cut, or forced by the surplus accumulation of water, the
result being that the sea is allowed to enter and a certain admixture takes place.
Porpoises and sharks find their way in at this time, while sea-snakes (Hydropludae)
are often extremely plentiful, and indeed may be found throughout the year. The
fauna is extremely rich, more especially in free-swimming organisms, and is decidedly
marine in character, though the water, as already stated, is more or less fresh. I have
taken with the tow-net large numbers of Schizopods, Lucifer, and other marine forms,
in places where the water was freely used for drinking purposes by my boatmen. At
night the surface often teems with brilliantly phosphorescent organisms, which on
examination prove to be mainly the smaller Crustacea. One of the best hunting-
grounds on the backwater is the village of Ennore, about nine miles to the nortli of
Madras, which formerly, before the hill ranges became so readily accessible by rail,
was a favourite resort. Here is a considerable expanse of water, bounded on the
landward side by low, flat, grass-grown plains, intersected by canals and creeks. In the
lake, as it may be termed, Sei/lla serrata is very abundant, and large numbers are sent
to the Madras market, while species of Penceus, and the swimming Grapsoid crab,
Vciruna litterata, are no less characteristic. The sandy or muddy shores, close to the
water's edge, are everywhere pierced by the narrow cyliudrical holes of two species of
Gelashmis (G. cmnuUpes and G. tnaiigidaris). The curious habit peculiar to the males,
of waving the larger claw as if beckoning, wliich has earned for them the title of
" calling crabs," is by no means general in the two al)ove-meutioned species ; at least I
have observed it on comparatively few occasions. What the object of this move-
ment is I am unable to sav, but when I noticed it a larsre number of individuals were
simultaneously engaged in the act ; the claw which is so enormously developed on one
side of the body in the male sex is, in all probability, used as a hole-boring organ.
Locally the Gelasimi are known as " dhobi crabs," doubtless from the reseniljlance of
their beckoning movement to the manner in. which tlie native washerman swings the
clothes over his head in the act of pounding them against a flat stone. One of the
commonest backwater Decapods is tlie hermit-crab, Cllbanarius padacensis, lately
described from the Mergui Archipelago, the young of which are found in great numbers
near the water's edge, and almost invariably inhabiting the shells of Cerithiids. Two
other hermits, both species of Coniohita (C. rur/osa and C. compressa), also frequently
occur, but they freely leave the water, and are often to be met with wandering somo
distance inland. In certain localities Alphens inalabarlGus is found in muddy creeks .

330 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

where it probably burrows in the soft bottom, and thus differs strikingly in habit from
its marine congeners. Four terrestrial species are characteristic of the marshy grass-
grown flats which skirt the backwater, all of them belonging to the group Catometopa
of the Brachyura. The most abundant of tliese are Sesarma quadrata, seen running in
and out of its l)urrows at all times, and tlie larger Cardisoma carnifex, which lives in
colonies, and is apparently very common, though the animal itself is rarely seen, as it
emerges from its hiding-places only by night. The latter species is occasionally met
with at some distance from the water, and its underground dwellings, unlike those of
most land-crabs, do not pass vertically downwards for the first part of their course ; they
also lack the neat and finished appearance of the external opening, seen in the burrows
of most Telphusse. The two remaining species, Iletasesarma Bonsseauxii and Metaplax
distmctus, are less frequent ; the former is by no means uncommon at Eunore, wliile
the latter is more sparingly met with, and I am unable to state whether it, like the
others, seeks protection from its enemies by hiding underground. The backwater
fauna is one that will amply repay investigation, and in Crustacea much has still to be
done before the commoner species are even approximately known.

No collecting-ground in the Indian Seas can show a greater profusion of animal
life than the Gulf of Manaar, between India and Ceylon, famous for its pearl
fisheries. At various times many interesting zoological discoveries have been recorded
from this area, and within recent years valuable collections in most of the Invertebrate
groups have been formed by Mr. Thurston, of the Madras Museum. The Crustacea
which he has entrusted to me for examination were collected chiefly at Eameswaram
Island, Tuticorin, and the Pearl Banks on the Ceylon side of the Gulf (Muttuwartu Par,
Silavaturai Par, and Cheval Par), including many of the most interesting species referred
to in this paper. In the summer of 1889 I spent about three weeks in the first of these
localities, and for the opportunity which I thus enjoyed of collecting there i am largely
indebted to my friend the Setupathi, the Eajah of liamnad, who not only placed at my
disposal his bungalow at the village of Pamban, but also provided me with boats and
efficient native divers. The island of Eameswaram, famed for its venerable temple —
the resort of large numbers of Hindu pilgrims — forms the first link in the chain of
islands and sandbanks which, known as Adam's Bridge, stretches from the mainland to
Ceylon. To the naturalist it presents special interest from the fact that a fringing coral
reef appears at intervals along the coast, and the marine fauna is consecpicntly both
rich a,nd varied, while a few miles to the south there is a series of smaller but more
completely reef-bound islands. As a rule, even outside the reef, there is complete
absence of the swell or surf so characteristic of the Coromandel coast, and during either
monsoon one side of the island at least is sheltered and the sea smooth. Remarkably
shallow water is met with on all sides, and within a mile or so of tlic shoie the depth
probably nowhere exceeds five or six fathoms ; on the outer portion of the reef, where
the living coral is most abundant, there is usually not more than from ten to fifteen feet
of water. The tidal zone varies consideral)ly, both in character and extent. Witliin the
reef it forms a belt, perhaps averaging fifty yards or so in width, exposed at low water,
and then bounded by the still submerged growing coral, while elsewhere it consists of a

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 331

flat expanse of sand or mud, which frequently extends seawards Cor some considerable
distance. In the tidal belt blocks of dead and water-worn coral are strewed about, and
in places these enclose artificial rock pools, in which Crustacea, Molluscs, Sponges,
Holothurians, &e. are very abundant. The Crustacea most commonly met with at low
water are : — Atergatis floridus, Leptodius exaratm, Pilumnus oespertilio, Eriphia Icevi-
mana, Thalamita prymna, 3Ietoporjrapsiis messor, Leioloplms planissimus, PetroUsthes
deniatus, and Oonodactijlus (jlaher. Of these it may be mentioned that the Pilumnus is
remarkably sluggish and apathetic ; the Thalamita is extremely active, while the
PetroUsthes conceals itself under stones or pieces of coral, and when captured usually
throws off its claws. On Avalking over the coral blocks a peculiar clicking noise is heard
on all sides, which is found to proceed from species of Alpheus, very common in the
tidal pools. This noise is produced l)y the crustacean rapidly flexing the dactylus of its
larger chela against the corresponding immobile finger, probably under the stimulus of
fear, for the movement is very freely indulged in Avhen the animal is handled. Near
high-water mark, in places where slight pools are left by the tide, a minute hermit-crab
{Diogenes, sp.), scarcely a quarter of an inch in length, is very common, and here and
there on the sandy shore colonies of Canobita riigosa have established themselves, in
company with the ubiquitous Ocypods. In a tidal backwater, which forms shallow
lagoons at intervals round the island, the burrowing Gelasimus anmtlipes is seen in
great numbers, and, on sand- or mad-banks, Scoplmera mtjctiroides, a species of similar
habits.

The great wealth of animal life on tlie reef is veiy apparent, for on a calm day, with
no breeze to ruffle the surface, and witli merely a few feet of clear water intervening,
the growing coral can be readily examined from a boat, wlien it is seen to be arranged
in irregular patches of varying size, often brightly coloured, and separated by spots of
coral sand. Under favourable conditions objects even of moderate size can be readily
discerned, the most conspicuous bcnug Actiniae, Asterids, Echini, large Molluscs, such as
Pterocera, Ci/prcea, &c., and gaudily-hued fishes. The most satisfactory mode of
collecting is by means of diving; practised divers have no difficulty in loosening large
blocks of coral, and in bringing these to the surface, whence tliey are drawn into the
boat. In this way large numbers of crustaceans are taken, either hiding in the crevices
or clinging to the coral branches. The genera most numerously represented are : —
Chlorodius, Leptodius, Etisus, Pilumnus, Trapezia, Polyonyx, Alphcns, and Gonodactjilns,
but a list of even the commoner species would occupy more space than (;an be allotted
to it here. Very interesting and varied are the modes by which most of these are
protected in this densely populated area, where the struggle for existence must neces-
sarily be severe. The slow inactive Maioid forms are frequently rendered inconspicuous
by heterogeneous collections of foreign objects, sucli as sponges, corallines, liydroids, &c.
attached to the carapace or legs, the retention of which is, in some cases, facilitated
by the presence of short hooked hairs. Some specimens of Micippa appear, howevtn-, to
content themselves with a simple coating of sand-grains whicli are entangled in or held
by the short hairs on the upper suil'ace. The well-known habit possessed by many
Droraiids, of seeking protection under an enveloping sponge or ascidiaii, which is

332 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

deeply hollowed out by the body of the crab, is exemplified iu most of the reef-dwelling'
species, and the canals of larger fixed Sponges afford a shelter to species of Poly onyx,
Alpheus, and Gebioj)sis. The larger species of Alphetis, and Gonodactylus glaber, are
often found ensconced in short tunnels, bored through the coral probal)ly by Lithodomi
or other molluscs, and when captured the Stomatopod has the habit of alternately flexing
and extending" its tail witli considerable I'apidity and force. Certain rejn-esentatives of
■widely separate families, e. g. CEthra scritposo and Ehalia fallax, have the carapace very
irregularly elevated or even pitted, so that they bear an undoubted resemblance to
pieces of eroded coral, and, as they move but slowly, this adaptation to their environment
must often aid in their protection. But specially interesting in many of the species
are the colour-markings, which probably, in most cases, are protective in their nature ;
and it may be added that an examination of dry or spirit specimens gives one but a
meagre idea of the vivid tints which characterize many of the reef-dwellers during life.
The colours which occur most frequently are purple, brown, and red, either uniformly
diffused over the surface of the crab, or restricted so as to form spots or bands. A
modification of the latter type is seen in such diverse forms as Zebrida Adamsii, Cyclo-
xanilms lineatus, Uiipagzirns zebra, and Galathea elegans, in which there is an arrange-
ment of dark, i-adiating, or subparallel lines, on the carapace and legs. A hint as to the
possible use of tliese bands was afforded by a small semitransparent Lamellibranch
{Avicula zebra, Eeeve), with black radiating lines on its shell, which is met Avith
adhering by its byssus to a hydroid {Aglaojihenia iirens, Kirchenpauer) * ; in this case
the lines so exactly simulate the short lateral ramuli of the hydroid that the shell is
writh difficulty recognized, even by a practised eye. In all probability the above-
mentioned crustaceans live on the stems of Gorgonige, Hydroids, or similar organisms.
The Cancroid genera are more often brightly coloured than are those of other
groups, and they include the species which are found in greatest numbers on the reef.
It may be stated generally that the inactive forms are those most commonly disguised,
either by the presence of foreign objects or by colour adaptations, while their more
active neighbours, such as the Portiuiidw and many Macrura, are, as a rule, of more
sombre hue, but are more frequently armed with sharp spines, probably Tor defensive
purposes, while those which seek safety in tunnels or burrows are often pale in colour,
with their outer shell of thin texture. Before leaving this subject I may refer to a
structural feature which is very noticeable in many species, more especially among the
Cyclometopa, viz. the strong spoon-like excavation of the claws, which possibly enables
these crabs to obtain a firmer hold of, and break off, the smaller coral branches when
in search of food.

On the sul)ject of geographical distribution there is little to be said, apart from the
notes which appear in the body of this paper. The Indian Crustacean fauna is apparently
very similar to that of a great portion of the Indo-Pacific area, and it is doubtful whether
there is a single genus confined to or specially characteristic of India. The distribution

* I am indebted to Mr. Edg;ir Nmith and Mr. Kirkpatriek. of the Uritisli Museum, for the identification of the
mollusc and hydroid respectively.

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 333

of a large number of the marine species — which from time to time ai-e discovered
in widely separate localities — is appai-ently to a great extent determined by th(> dis-
tribution of coi'al reefs, and as regards the higher Crustacea, at least, any attempt to
svxbdivide the large central or coral-reef region of the Indo-Pacific area seems of douhtful
value, and we can scarcely seek for natural subdiv"isions till we pass into the tcuipci-atc
and colder waters, north and south of the coral rec'ion. Nearly two tliirds of the total
number of species recorded in this paper are known to occur in the seas of tlie Malay
Archipelago; about one third occur at Mauritius or the neighbouring islands; the same
proportion in the seas of North Australia, and a slightly greater number in the islands
of the Pacific (New Caledonia, Eijis, Samoa, Sandwich Is., &c.). Nearly one fourth of
the number occur at Japan ; while one fifth are found in the Ked Sea, the same pro-
portion on the east coast of Africa, and about the same in Australian localities excluding
those on the north coast. Not less than twenty-seven of our species occur on the
coast of Natal, and at least thirteen iu the seas of New Zealand ; while eight extend
their range into the Atlantic area. The same amount of attention has not been paid l)y
collectors to each of these regions, some having been more specially favoured ; but, in
spite of this, there can be no doubt of the great affinity between the Indian and Malayan
Crustacean faunas.

The distribution of the freshwater species offers certain points of interest. The genus
Tel]:i]nisa has repres(>ntatives in South-Eastern Asia (Malay Archipelago, ^lalay Peiiiusula.
and China) of what may be termed a granulated group of species ; in Burmali and Upper
India similar forms are met witli, e. g. T. Atkinsoniana, AVood-Mason, and T. Feallnna,
Wood-Mason, which so far as is known do not extend tlieir range into the Indian
Peninsula*; while turther west, in Beloochistan and Persia, tlie allied T. jlaviatiUs
makes its appearance, and finally spreads along both sides of the ^lediterranean. The
genus Faratelpluisa has a somewhat similar range, extending from the Malay Archi-
pelago along the Malay Peninsula into Burmah and Northern India, but no species
have yet been recorded from Soutli India or Ceylon. Very little is as yet known
of the Indian species of Palcenion, but there can be no doubt that they are very
numerous. P. scabricukis, a very Avell-marked species, described originally from Ceylon,
occurs in Upper India and in the IMahiy Archipelago ; it, however, remains to Ije seen
whether it does not also occur in Burmah and the Malay Peninsula. The mark(,'(l
prevalence of freshwater prawns in the streams of South-eastern Asia and the Malay
Archipelago, with the apparently complete absence of crayflsl\ from the same region,
seems to strengthen Professor Huxley's suggestion tliat the latter have been displaced
by better fitted competitors. The genus Carklii/a is represented at Madras, and
probably elsewhere in India, l)y a species whieli i am unable to separate from
C. If'yckii, described by Jlickson from Celebes, and which itself is perhajjs not distinct
from a longer-known species, found in North and Kast Africa, a remarivai)ly extended
range for a fresh-water species.

* III the Briti>li .Museum tliere is a specimen of T. Athinsonianu from Oeyloii.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 4!)

334 MR. J. R. UENDERS(1X— A CONTRIBUTIOX

In conclusion I would express ray indebtedness to those gentlemen who have assisted
me during the preparation of this paper. To Dr. Giintherand Mr. Pocock, of the British
Museum, my thanks are specially due for tlieir having granted me ready access to the
collections under their charge and facilitating my work in various ways, to the
latter especially for having spent much time on my behalf and for kindly undertaking
to supervise the figuring of the new species during my absence in India. I am indebted
to Professor Alphonse Milne-Edwards, of Paris, for kindly examining and naming
some specimens I sent him, which were referable either to species described liy himself
or to species of which the ty])es are preserved in the Paris Natural History Museum.
To Mr. E. Thurston my thanks are also due for assistance rendered in many ways.

lAst of Species, with the localities at which they were taken.

DECAPODA.

Brachvcra.

Aclueiis laccrlosus, Stm. — Gulf of Martabau.

affinis, ]\Iiers. — Gulf of Martabau.

Oncinopus aranea, De Haau. — Muttuwartu Par ; (hilf of Martabau.

Huenia Proteus, De Ilaau. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

Simocarcinus simplex (Dana) . — Tuticoriu.

Meruethiiis monoceros (Latr.). — Tuticorin; Silavaturai Par; Muttuwartu Par; Rames\v:u;im ; Gulf of

Martabau.
Doclea liijbridu (Fabr.). — Ceylon; jNIadras.

iimricata (Fabr.). — Madras; Gulf of Martaban.

Stenocionops cervicornis (Herbst). — Tuticoriu.

Egeria araclmoides (Rumpli.). — Madras; Gulf of ^lartaban.

Hyasteuus Pleioiie (Herbst). — Silavaturai Par.

— — conve.vus, Miers. — Gulf of Martaban.

Hil(/eiidorfj, De Man. — Tuticorin; Cbeval Par ; Rameswai'am.

Brockii, De Man.— Gulf of Martaban.

Chlorinoldcs acvlcatus (Milne- Edw.). — Gulf oF Martaban.

(Jopphiyeri, Ilaswell. — Muttuwartu Par; (iulf ot Martaban.

Naxia hirta (A. Milne-Edw.). — Tuticoriu.

taurus, Pocock. — Gulf of iNIartaban.

Schi::oj)/iri/s aspcra (Milne-Edw.). — Ceylon; Tuticoriu; Rameswaram ; ISladras.
iloplopiirijs Oatcsii, gen. et sp. n. — Gulf of IMartabau,
Micippa Philyrn (Herbst). — Tuticorin; Ranicswiuam.

Thalia (Herbst). — ^Tuticorin ; Muttuwartu Par; Ivameswaram.

mnscarenicu, Kossraanu. — Gull' ol' jAIartabaii.

margaritifera, u. sp. — Gulf of Martabau.

Tylocarcinus Styx (Herbst). — Tuticoriu; Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.
[jambrus longiwanus (Linn.). — Ceylon ; Madras; Gulf of Martaban.

contrarius (Herbst). — Tuticorin.

TO liSDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 335

Lamb7~us- affinis, A. Milne-Edvf. — Tnticorin ; Ceylon; Rameswaram ; Gulfof Martabaii.

hnffispimis, Miers. — Tuticorin.

HoUlsworthi, Micrs.— Tuticorin.

sculptus, A. Milne-E(iw. — GiiJf of Martaban.

hoplonotus, Ad. & White. — ]\Iuttnwartu Par.

Criiptopudiafornicatn (Fabr.). — Gulf of .Miit-taban.
CElhra scntposa (Liun.). — Ceylon.
Zebrida Adamsii, White. — Tuticorin.
ParaUjmolus sexspinosus, Miers. — Tuticorin.

Ateryatis iiitegerrinms (Lara.). — Tuticorin; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

_^o?"irf«« (Rumph.). — Tuticorin; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

— Uerigatxis, A. Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin.

dilutatus, Dc Haan. — Ceylon.

CarpUius maculatus (Linn.). — Ceylou.
Carpilodcs tristris, Dana. — iluttuwartu Par.

— maryaritatus, A. Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

veiiosus (Milne-Edw.). — Ceylon.

cinctimams (White). — Ceylon.

Liowcra punctata (Milne-Edw.). — Tuticorin; Miittuwartu Par : Ceylon.

Rodya'sii (Stm.). — Ceylon.

Lophudfcu (jranulosu (Riipp.). — Tnticorin ; Rameswaram.

si-iiii(jru)iosa (Ilcller). — Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

Jissu, n. sp. — Tuticorin.

Actaa yranulata (And.). — Tuticorin; ChevalPar; Rameswaram.

calnUosa (Milne-Edw.). — Tuticorin; Muttuwartu Par.

nodiilosa (White). — Tuticorin.

Perotm (Milne-Edw.), var. sqnunwsa, n. — Muttuwartu Par.

ritfopunctata (^lilne-Edw.). — Tuticorin ; Cheval Par.

Rtippelhi (Kranss). — Tuticorin; Rameswaram.

Hypocmlns ruyosus, n. sp. — Tuticorin.

Xantlio impressus (Lam.). — Ceylon.

Med<Eus distinyuendus (Dc Haan). — Gulf of ]\lartabau.

EuxantliKS Melissa (Herbst). — Tuticorin ; Ceylon.

Zozijmvs jEneus (Linn.). — Ceylon.

PfjIi/m'HDius ochtodi's (Herbst). — IMuttnwartu Par; Madras.

Huliincde TImrstoni, n. sp. — Tuticorin.

Cycloxanthus lineatvs, A. Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin.

Lopfwzo:i/7ms Dodonc (Herbst). — Tuticorin; ^Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

. rrhtatns, A. Milne-Edw. — Muttuwartu Par.

Chlorodius niyer (Forsk.). — Tuticorin : Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

Chlorodopsis spiiiipen (Heller). — ^Muttuwartu Par; Ceylon.

Leptodins exaratus ('M\\\w.E(Uv.).—'6\nd; Tuticorin; Silavaturai Par; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

Etisus lievimanua, Randall. — Tnticorin; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

Etisodes Electra (Herbstj.^Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

Phymodius unyulatus (Milne- I'ldw.) . — Ceylon.

. monticvlosus (Dana). — Tuticorin.

Cymo Andreossyi (And.).— Tiiticorin ; ^Muttuwartu Par ; Rameswaram.

4!>*

336 ME. J. K. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

Menippi' Rumjj/iU (Fa.hr.). — Tuticoriu; Ceylon; Rameswaram ; Madras.

Ozius tuberculosKs, Milue-Edw. — Ccylou.

Epixanthus fruntalix (Milne-Edw.). — Ceylon; Nicobars.

dentatti.s (White). — Nicobars.

.\ctmnnm setifcr (l)e Haan). — ]Muttuwartu Par; (iulf of Martabau.
verrucosus, u. sp. — Tuticoriu ; Muttuwartu Par.

Pilumnus vesper tilio (Pabr.). — Tuticorin ; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

labi/rini/iirus, Miers. — Rameswaram.

Trapezia Cymodoce (Herbst). — Tuticoriu; Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

riifopimctutu (Herbst). — Tuticorin; Cej'lou.

— — iiuiculatit (Macleay). — Ceylon.

areolata, Dana. — Ceylon.

Tetraliu glaberrimu (Herbst). — Tuticorin; Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

Eriphia Itevimana, hair. — Tuticoriu; Ceylon; Rameswaram.

Neptumis pelagicus {Linn.} . — Siud; Bombay; Malabar; Tuticorin; Ceylon; Madras &c. ; Akyab.

ff ladiator (Fahr.). — Ceylon; Rameswaram; Madras; Gulf of Martabau .

saiiguinole/if us (Herhst). — Sind; Bombay; Ceylon; Rameswaram; Madras.

argentatus, White. — Gulf of .Martabau.

hastaf aides (Fabr.). — Madras; Gulf of Martabau.

Andersoni, De jNIan. — Gulf of jNIartaban.

— — tube^-culosus, A. Milne-Edw. — Gulf of ^Martabau.

unnatus, A. Milne-Edw. — Rameswaram.

Sieboldi, A. Milne-Edw.- Muttuwartu Par.

Xiphonedes longispimsus (Dana).— Gulf of Martabau.
Achehns grnnulatus (]\Iilue-Edw.). — Gulf of Martabau.

Jf'Idtei, A. Milue-Edw. — Madras; Gulf of Martabau.

orbicularis, Richters. — Gulf of Martabau.

Scj/lla serrata (Por.-,k.).— Ceylon; Madras, &c. ; Calcutta.
Thulauiitu ijrijmna (Herbst). — Tuticoriu; Rameswaram; Madras.

Adiiicle (Herbst). — Rameswaram; Gulf of ^lartaban.

Sariginji, A. Milue-Edw. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

siiHu, Milue-Edw. — Tuticoriu.

Integra, Dana. — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Gulf of Martabau.

sexlobutu, Miers. — Tuticoriu.

Goniosoma crnciferum [F-dhr.). — Tuticoriu; Ccylou; Madras; Akyab.

ajfine (Dana). — Madras.

nat ator (Uerhst). — Ceylon; Rameswaram; Madras.

hicifermii (Fabr.). — Ceylon.

aaaidatmii (Fabr.). — Tuticoriu; Rameswaram; Madras.

Hellcrii, A. Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin ; Ccylou ; Rameswaram.

erythrodactylum (Lam.). — Ceylon.

orieidule (Dana). — Tuticorin; Ceylon.

oriialitiii, A. Milue-Edw. — Madras.

raricgatnm (Fal)r.).— Kurachi ; J5onibay ; .Madras.

rostrutum, A. Milne-Edw. — Calcutta; Suuderbunds ; Gulf of Martabau.

Lupocyclus in/eijua/is (Walker). — Gulf of Martal)au.
Lissocarcimts po/ybioides. Ad. & White. — Gulf of Martabau.

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 337

Lissucarcinus Icevis, Miers. — Tuticoriu ; Gulf of Martaban.
Kraussia nitida, Stin. — Tuticorin ; Madras.

Heteropln.v nitidus, jMiers. — Madras ; Gull' uf Martaban.

Scalopidia s/iinosipes, Stm. — Gulf of Martaban.

Cardi.wma oirnifax (}ierhst).—Tniicorm ; Ceylon; Madras, &c.

Teljj/iii.sa indica, Latr. — Nilgiri hills.

— — higubris, Wood-Mason, — Nepal.

Masoniana, n. sp. — North-West Provinces ; River Jumna.

Lesc/ienaulti, MUne-'Edw. — Ceylon; Miulras ; Ganjam.

)-}iffosa, Kingsley. — Ceylon.

enoil'is, Kingsley. — Ceylon ; JMadras.

Pocockiana, n. sp. — Jubbulpore.

fluriatUis, Latr. — Quetta.

Afkiiixoniana, Wood-Mason. — Kaugra ; Simla; Burmah.

Paratelpliiisd sinensis, Milne-Edw. — Burmah.

s;y/«///CT-fl, Wood-Mason. — Sind; North- West Provinces ; Roorkee ; Calcutta; Ganjam.

Daijana, Wood-Mason. — Burmah.

Marletisi, Wood-Mason. — North- West Provinces ; Roorkee.

Ocypoda reratophthahna (Pallas) . — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram ; Madras, &c.

macrocera, Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Madras.

platijt arsis, Mihic-Edw. — Ceylon ; Rameswaram ; JIadras,

— — cordiiiiana, Latr. — Tuticorin ; Madras.

Gelasinmx unnuHpcs, Latr. — Tutieoi'in ; llanu'swaram ; Madras, &c.

iriuiigularis, A. Milne-Edw. — ^ladras ; liunore.

Macropldhidmus dejiressiis, Riipp. — Rameswai-am.
pectinipes, Guerin. — Sind.

Latreilki (Desm.). — Ceylon (fossil).

Scapimera mydiroides (Milne-Edw.). — Tuticorin; Rameswai-am; Ennore.
Myelins lonyicarpns, Latr. — Akyab.

Metopof/rapsus messor (Forsk.) .—Tuticorin ; Uanieswaram ; Madras.
Grapsiis strigosm (Herbst). — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

macidatm (Catesby). — Tuticorin.

Plagusiii immuculata, Lam. — Madi'as.

Leioliiphus planissiinus (Herbst). — Rameswaram ; Madras.

Vari'JK/ litteraia (Fahr.). — Ceylon; Ennore; (ianjam; Calcutta; Burmah.

Meta/j/(i.7' distindus, Milne-Edw. — Ennore.

Sesarma tetragoiia (Fabr.). — Madras ; Ennore.

quadrata {Whr.). — Tuticorin; Madras; Eunore.

Sarmutium indicum (A. Milne-Edw.), var. malabaricum, n.— Cochin.
Mt'/asi'san/ia RoHsscuwiii, Milne-Edw. — Ennore.
Xemphlluilmus /jiiiiiothcroii/es, White. — Rameswaram.

o/jsciirus, n. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Elatiwiie unguiformis, De Haan. — Gulf ot Martaban.
Inmcata, A. Milne-]*:dw. — Silavaturai Par.

Calappa Itepatica (hmn.). — Tuticorin; Ceylon; Rameswaram; Gulf of Martaban.
//«//«* (Herbst) .—Tntieorin ; Ceylon; Rameswaram; Gulf of Martaban.

338 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

Calappa lophos (Herbst) . — Ceylon; Madras; Gulf of Martaban.

philargius (Linn.). — Ceylon; Gulf of Martaban.

Matuta victrix, Fabr. — Sind ; Tuticorin ; Ceylon ; Madras ; Ganjam ; Akyab.

lunaris (Herbst). — Madras; Ganjam.

Miersii, Henderson. — Tuticorin ; Ceylon ; Madras.

Leucosia craniolaris (Lmn.). — Ceylon; Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram ; Madras; Gulf of Martaban.

Whitmeet, Miers. — Gulf of Martaban.

Pseudophilyra Melita, De Man. — Muttuwartu Par ; Gulf of Martaban.

pusilla, u. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Philyra scabriuscula (Fabr.).— Tuticorin ; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

verrucosa, n. sp. — Madras.

Adamsil, Bell. — Silavaturai Par ; Rameswaram ; Gulf of Martaban.

platycheira, De Haan. — Silavaturai Par.

globosa (Fabr.). — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

polita, n. sp. — Madras.

Myraftigax {¥&\)Y.). — Ceylon; Rameswaram; (iulf of Martaban.

australis, Haswell. — Gulf of Martaban.

EbaKa Pfefferi, De Man.— Muttuwartu Par.

fallax, n. sp.— Miittuwartu Par; Gulf of Martaban.

Arcania sepiemspinosa (Fabr.).— jMadras ; Gulf of Martaban.

undecimspinosa, De Haan.— Gulf of Martaban.

Nursia plicatu (Herbst).— Rameswaram ; Gulf of Martaban.

abbreviata,'&e\\. — Silavaturai Par; Rameswaram; Gulf of Martaban.

Dorippe dorsipes (Linn.) . — Ceylon ; Silavaturai Par ; Rameswaram ; Madras.

facckino (Herbst). — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

astutu, Fabr. — MaiU-as.

Cymopolia Jukesii, White.— Gulf of Martaban.

Anomura.

Dromidia unidentata (Rtipp.).— Tuticorin ; Ceylon.

australiensis, Haswell.— Silavaturai Par.

Cryptodromiu pentagunnJiti, Hilg.— Muttuwartu Par; Silavaturai Par.

Dromia Rumphii, Fabr. — Ceylon.

Pseudodromia integrifrons, Henderson.— Tuticorin.

Conchacetes urtificiosus (Fabr.).— Madras.

Raninoides si-rratifrum, u. sp.— Cheval Par.

Hippa asiatica, Milne-Edw. — Rameswaram ; Madras, &c.
Albunea symrdsia (Linn.). — Rameswaram; Madras, &c.
Thurstvni, u. sp.— Clieval Par.

Cwnobitarugosa, Milne-Edw.— Tuticorin ; Silavaturai Par; Rameswaram, &c.

compn-ssu, Milne-Edw.— Madras, &c.

Biogenes lliogmvs (Herbst).— Tuticorin ; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

merauieiixis, De Man. — Muttuwartu Par ; Madras.

^j7g,, (Herbst). — Silavaturai Par; Rameswaram ; Madras.

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 339

Diogenes cmtos (Fabr.) . — Rameswaram ; Madras, &c.

afpvis, n. sp. — Madras.

viohicL'us, n. sp. — Madras.

— phinimanus, n. sp. — Rameswaram ; Madras.

—— ftfrfl?7/.v, Heller. — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Madras; Eiiuore.

costfitiis, 11. sp. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram ; Madras.

reclhnanu.1, Micrs. — ^Madras.

Pagunis pnnctulatus, Oliv. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

Hcssii, Miers. — Madras; Gulf of Martal)an.

defornm, Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

varices. Heller. — Tuticorin ; Muttnwartu Par.

• setij'cr, Milne-Edw. — Tuticorin ; Madras ; Gulf of Martaban.

Trogloixii/nrus manaarensis, gen. et sp. n. — Tuticorin; Muttuwartu Par.
Aniculus utiiimhis- (Fabr.). — Tuticorin; Muttnwju'tu Par.

strigutus (Hcrbst).— Tuticorin.

C/ibanarim clibanarius (Herbst). — ]\Iadras.

infraspinatus, Hilg. — Madras.

— ■ — y>«rf«(7'«.s7.9, De Man. — Tuticorin; Rameswaram; Madras, &c.

^rt'/ //«««, De Man. — Muttuwartu Par ; Rameswaram; Madras.

Catapayuriis ensifer, n. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Spiropagiinis spiriger (De Haan). — Madras; Gulf of Martaban.
Eiipugiiriis zebra, n. sp. — IMuttuwartu Par.

Petrolistlies dentatus (Milne-Edw.). — Tuticorin; Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

Hosed (Aud.). — Muttuwartu Par; Rameswaram.

mi/itaris (Heller). — Muttuwartu Par; Clieval Par; Rameswaram.

Raphidojjiis indicus, u. sp. — ]\Iadras.
Puclujclielcs tomentoms, n. sp. — Kurachi.
PorceUanella triloba. White. — Rameswaram.
Poll/onyx obesidm, fliers. — Tuticorin ; Rameswaram.

tuberculosus, De ilan. — Cheval Par ; Rameswaram.

Galatlwa eleguns, White. — Tuticorin ; Gulf of Martaban.

spinosirostris, Dana. — ]\Iuttuwartu Par ; Gulf of Martaban.

Munida spinulifera, Miers. — Muttuwartu Par; Gulf of Martaban.

M.ICRURA.

Gebiupsis Darwinii, Micrs. — Tuticorin ; Cheval Par ; Rameswaram.

Thenus oriciifalis (Fabr.). — Madras, &e.
Panulirm ornutvs (Fabr.). — Ceylon.

penicillatus (Oliv.). — Ceylon.

dasijpus CLviXr.) . — Silavatnrai Par; Madras.

Caridina IVijckii (Hicksou). — jNladras.

Alpheus malabaricus, Fabr. — I'ulicat.

£fl?wa/-rfm (Aud.).— Kurachi; Tuticorin; Muttuwartu Par ; Rameswaram; Gnlf of Martaban.

340 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBDTION

Alpheus Hippotfio'e, De Man. — Rameswaram.

frontalis, Say. — Tuticoriii.

Icevis, Raiidall. — Tiiticorin ; Rameswaram.

Neptunus, Dana. — Kurachi ; Rameswaram.

Dorodoies levicarina, Bate. — Gulf of Martaban.

Angasia Stimpsonii, n. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Rhynchocinetes riif/ulosm; Stm. — Tuticoriu.

Pontonia tridacna, Dana. — Tuticoriu ; Rameswaram.

Leander lonffirostris (Saj). — Kurachi; Sunderbunds ; Gulf of Martaban ; Mergui.

tenuipes, n. sp. — Bombay ; Madras ; Gulf of Martaban.

modestus, Heller. — Madras.

Palamon carctnns {F&hv.). — Bombay; Ganjam ; Calcutta; Sunderbunds; Tavoy; Burmali.

dispar, v. Mart. — Calcutta.

scabriculus, Heller. — River Indus.

£)ai/anus,n. sp. — Orissa ; Jubbulpore; Calcutta; Beerbhoom; Delhi; Roorkee; Loodiana ; Hurdwar;

Debroo ; River Jumna ; Lahore.

altifrons, n. sp. — Delhi; River Jumna; Lahore.

Nika processa, Bate. — Gulf of Martaban.
JEgeon orientaUs, n. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Penmis monodon,V&hv. — Bombay; Madras, &c.; Ganjam.

m<^icMs, Milne-Edw.— Kurachi ; Madras; Ganjam; Calcutta; Akyab.

ft^MJs, Milne-Ed w. — Kurachi; Bombay; Canara; Madras.

.sra/uifi/is, Heller. — Kurachi; Malabar; Madras; Sunderbunds; Gulf of Martaban.

Dobsoni, Miers. — Madras.

velutinus, Dana. — Gulf of Martaban.

brevicornia, Milne-Edw. — Kurachi; Calcutta.

canaliculatus, Oliv.— Gulf of Martaban.

compressipes, n. sp. — Gulf of Martaban.

Solenocera crassicornis (Milne-Edw.).— Madras ; Gulf of Martaban.
Acetes indicm. Milne-Edw. — Gulf of Martabau.

STOMATOPODA.

Lysiosquilla macu/ata (Fabr.). — Tuticoriu; Madras.
Squilla nepa, Latr.— Tuticoriu ; Ceylon ; Madras.

affiniH, Berthold. — Rameswaram ; Madras ; Sunderbunds.

■ Scorpio, Latr. — Madras.

raphidea, Fabr. — Madras ; Sunderbunds.

Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.). — Madras.
Gonodadylus chiragra (Fabr.).— Ceylon ; Andamans.

yJaber, Brooks. — Tuticoriu; Ceylon; Silavaturai Par; Rameswaram.

. Demanii, n. sp. — Rameswaram.

Protosquilla trispinosa (Dana).— Ceylon ; Rameswaram; Gulf of Martaban.

TO INDI.AJSr CAECINOLOGY. 34]

Order DECAPODA.
Suborder BRACHYURA.

Group O X Y R H Y X C H A.

Genus AcH^us, Leach.

1. ACH^TTS LACERTOSUS, StilUpSOU.

A. lacertosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliilad. p. 218 (1857); Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 188
(1884).

( = A. hreviceps, Haswell) .

Gulf of Martaban, two females with ova, and a male {Oates).

These specimens are not in a very good state of preservation, but there can be little
doubt that they belong to this species.
Distribution. E. & N. Australia.

2. AcHiEUS APFiNis, Miers.

A. affinis, Miers, ' Alert' Crust, p. 188 (1881); De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 21 S (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, a female {Oates).

This species is distinguished from the last chiefly by the presence of a prominent
bilobcd tubercle on the cardiac area, and by its tuberculated ocular peduncles.
Distribution. E., N., audW. Australia, Malay Archipelago.

Genus OxciNoprs, De Haan.

3. Oncixopus aranea, De Haan.

O. aranea, De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 100, pi. xxix. fig. 2 (1850).

(= 0. Nejjtnnu.s-, Adams & White, <>. subpellucidus , Stm., (>. awjululus, Hasw.).

Muttuwartu Par, a female A\'ith ova, and a male carrying a Sacculinu [Thurston).
Gulf of Martaban, several specimens {Gates).

All the described species of this genus are referred by Miers to O. aranea, and he has
shown that there is considerable variation in the length and robustness of the legs,
characters on which the so-called species had been founded. The carapace and legs arc
mvich more attcnuatc^d in the male than in the female.

Distrilmtion. Japan, ^lindoro Sea, Singapore, N. & N.E. Australia, New Hebrides.

Genus Huexia, De Haan

4-. HuENiA Proteus, De Haan.

H. Protcm, De Haan, Crust. Japon. \>. 95, pi. xxiii. figs. 4, 5 J , fig. 6 ? (1850).

(= //. De/iaarii, White; //. Proteus, vars. temiipes, elovi/uta, and hcraldica, Adams & White).
SECOXU SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 50

342 ME. J. K. HENDERSON— A CONTKIBUTION

Tuticorin, several specimens, overgrown with sponges and polyzoa{ T/mrstow). Com-
mon on the reef at Rameswaram [J. B. M.).

Distribution. Japan, China, Malay Archipelago, N. & N.E. Australia.

Genus Simocakcinus, Miers.

6. SiMOCARCiNus SIMPLEX (Dana).

Huenia simplex, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. vol. i. p. 133, pi. vi. fig. .3, ^ (1852).
H. brevirosfrata, Dana, 1. c. p. 134-, pi. vi. fig. 4, ? (1852).

Tuticorin, a male and a female {Thurston).

The male is of small size and has the rostrum much more elongated than is represented
in Dana's figure, with the apex somewhat trigonal. In the female the rostrum has
been broken off, and, as noted by Miers, the anterior pair of lateral lobes on the carapace
are larger than figured by Dana, and their apices are subtruncated. In this species, as in
the last, there is great sexual dimorphism.

Distribution. Sandwich Is. {Dana, Miers).

Genus Men^thius, Milne-Edwards.

6. Men^thius monoceros (Latreille).

M. monoceros (Latr.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. viii. p. 352 (1872), ubi
synon.

Rameswaram, Tuticorin, Muttuwartu Par, Silavaturai Par {Thurston) ; Gulf of Mar-
taban {Oates). Very common on the reef at Rameswaram, and usually overgrown with
.sponges and liydroids {J. R. II.).

No less than eleven so-called species have been referred by A. Milne- Edwards to this
very variable and widely distributed form.

DistribufloH. From the Red Sea and East Coast of Africa to Japan, New Caledonia,
and the Fiji Is.

Genus Doclea, Leach.

7. DocLEA HYBRiDA (Eabr.).

D. hybrida (Fabr.), De Man, Mcrgui Crust, p. 9 (1887).

( = ? D. hybridoida, Bleeker).

Ceylon {Ilaljj). Very common at Madras, and elsewhere on the Coromandcl coast
{J. B. K.).

Distrihiition. Malay Archipelago, Mergui.

8. DocLEA MURICATA (Eabr.).

D. muricata (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 295 (1834).

Gulf of Martaban (Oates). Madras, not uncommon {J. R. 11.).

The spines on the carapace; of this species are strongly developed, more especially in

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 343

young individtials ; tbe fourth lateral spine is nearly twice the length of the thii'd. The
carapace and legs are densely pubescent.

A male of average size (from Madras) gives the following measurements : — carapace
(omitting spines) 31 mm. long, 27 mm. In-oad, third lateral spine 3 mm., fourth spine
5'5 mm., posterior median spine 4'5 mm., first ambulatory leg 60 mm. long.

Distrilmtion. South India, Singapore.

Genus Stexocionops, Latreille.

9. Stenocionops CERVicoRyis (Herbst).

S. cervicornis (Herbst), Mihie-E'clwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 338(1834).

Tuticorin, four femak^s (one with ova), three males {Thurston).

The carapace, rostral spines, ambulatory legs, and in males also the abdominal segments
carry numerous tufts of strong curved hairs (each hair is about 3 mm. long) which help
to form an attachment for the numerous sponges, hydroids, ascidians, &c., with which
the specimens are beset. In the male the rostral spines are scarcely more marked than
in the female, but the posterior prolongation of the carapace is narrower and more
upturned, and the chclipedes are stronger, with a wider hiatus between the fingers.

The largest male has the carapace (not including rostral sjjines) 12 mm loug and 2!)
mm. broad, the rostral spines 25 mm. long. The largest female is somewhat larger.

Bisti'ilmtlon. Mauritius [Milne-Edwards).

Genus Egeria, Latreille.

10. Egeria arachnoides (Rumpli.).

E. arachnoides (Rumpli.), Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 191 (1884).

( — E. jndica, Leach, E. Herbstii, Milne-Edwards) .

Madras, common {J. B. H.); Gulf of Martaban [Oates).

There is great variation in the relative size and acuteness of the spines or tubercles on
the carapace of this species. In all the sjoecimens a small spine is present at the distal
end of the mcropodites of the chelipedcs and ambulatory legs. In a single large specimen
(a female with the carapace 30 mm. long and 23 mm. broad) the two most posterior
tubercles oh the middle line of the carapace are prolonged into rather prominent spines,
as well as the last branchial tubercle.

The carapace of an average spechuen (female) is 19 mm. long and ICi mm. broacl,
the second ambulatory leg 95 mm. long.

Distribittiou. N. & N.E. Australia, ]\lalay Archipelago, Cliina.

Genus IIyastexus, White.

11. Hyastenus Pleione (Herbst).

H. Pleione (Herbst), Do Man, Brock's Crust, p. 225, taf. vii. fig. 3 (1888).

50*

344 MR. J. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

Silavaturai Par, a female with ova [Thurston).

In this specimen the carapace is yellowish in colour, mottled with red on the gastric
area and at the sides of the cardiac area. The carapace, which is overgrown with
sponges and ascidians, measures 35 mm. in length and 20 mm. in breadth ; the rostral
spines are 11 mm. long, and measured betAveen their apices 55 mm.

Distribution. Mergui, Malay Archipelago.

12. Hyastentjs convexus, Miers.

H. convexus, Miers, ' Alert' Crust, p. 196, pi. xviii. fig. B (1884).

Gulf of Martaban, a female with ova (Oates).

I refer this with some doubt to the present species. It agrees in having the gastric
area of the carapace smooth and very convex, the cardiac area also smooth and but slightly
less convex. But the rostral spines are somewhat less divergent, and a small epibranchial
spine is present, while according to Miers there is none. In other respects it agrees
with the description, and it is apparently identical with dried specimens from Penang, in
the British Museum, labelled by Miers " Hi/astenus convexus, Miers, var." The carapace
measures 13 mm. long (not including the rostral spines), and the rostral spines 6 mm. long.

Distribution. N.E. Australia (Miers) ; Penang [Brit. Mus.).

13. Hyastentjs Hilgendorfi, De Man.

H. Hilgendorfi, De Mau, Mergui Crust, p. l-i,pl. i. figs. 3, 4 (1887).

Bameswaram, Tuticorin, Cheval Par [Thurston). Not uncommon on the reef at
Bameswaram [J. R. H.).

Allied to D. Pleione (Herbst), from which it may bo distinguished by the absence of
median spines from the dorsal surface of the carapace, and the presence of only two
tubercles on the anterior gastric region. The rostral spines are much longer in adult
males than in females and young males. Most of the specimens are overgrown with
hydroids and sponges.

The largest specimen (an adult male) has the carapace 34 mm. in total length (iucluding
rostral spines), and the rostral spines measured from the level of the anterior orbital
mari^in 15 mm. lonij.

Distribution. Mergui [De Man).

14. Hyastenus Brockii, De Man.

H. Brockii, De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 221, taf. vii. fig. 1 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban [Oates).

In a single male specimen which I refer to this species (carapace S'5 mm. long, 6 mm.
broad, length of rostrum 10 mm.) the cardiac area of the carapace is more elevated than
is represented in De Man's figure. It is chiefly characterized by its very long and
slender rostral spines, which are longer even than the carapace.

Distribution. Amboina.

TO INDIAN CAKCINOLOGY. 345

Genus Chlownoides, Haswell.

15. Chlorinoides aculeatus (Milne-Edwards).

Chorinus aculeatus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 316 (1834).

Paramithrax {Chlorinoides) aculeatus, var. «/-/««<m«, Miers, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 193, pi. xviii. fig. A
(1884).

Gulf of Martaban, two males {Oatcs).

The var. fln««^«.yisdi.stmg-uislied, aceordiugto Miers, only by the form of the postocular
spine ; btit he has apparently overlooked De Haan's figure of 3Iaja {Chorinus) aculeata,
M.-Edw. (Crust. Japon. tab. xxiii. tig. 2), in which the postocular spine is represented of
the same form as in this variety. Miers mentions the existence of spines at the distal
end of the meropodites of the ambulatory legs, which are also represented in De Haan's
figure, so perhaps the so-c;illed var. annalus is I'eally the typical form.

The carapace of the larger specimen is 20 mm. long and 1 i mm. liroad, the rostral
spines 14 mm. long.

Distribtitioti. Japan, N.Australia.

IG. Chlorinoides Coppingeri, HasAvell.

Purainilhrax Coppingiri, Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust, p. 15 (1882).

Chlorinoides copjnnyeri (Ilasw.), Miers, 'Cliallcnger ' Bracliyura, p. 53, pi. vii. fig. 3 (1886).

Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, two young specimens (Oates).

These agree completely with dried specimens in the British jMuseum named by Miers,
except that the cardiac spines are scarcely united basally. They are probably not full-
grown, as the carapace of the largest measures only 12 mm. long. According to Miers
it is ])erliapsa variety of C. lourjlsptHus, De Haan.

Uislrihution. N.E,, N., and W. Australia [Haswell, Miers) ; Bass Strait {Miers).

Genus Naxia, Milne-Edwards.

17. Naxia hirta (A. Milne-Edwards).

jXaxioides hirta, A. Milue-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. Pi-ance, ser. 4, t. v. p. 143, pi. iv. fig. 1 (1865).
Podopisa Petersii, Hilgendorf, ■\Ionatsb. Acad. Wissensch. Berlin, Nov. 1878, p. 785, taf. 1. fig. 1-5.
JSuxia (Xaxioides) Petersii (Hilg.), Miers, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 523 (1884); De Man, Mergui Crust,
p. 19 (1887).

Tuticorin, a female with ova {Thitrstun).

This specimen has more numerous tubercles on the carapace than are represented in
Hilgendorf's figure (a male), and the spine on the ])osterior margin of the carapace is less
acute ; the last feature is also noticed by De ]Mau, owing probably to the fact that his
specimen, like the one which I have examined, was a female. The rostral spines are
entire in the Tuticorin specimen and measure only about G mm. in length, wliilc the
carapace (including rostral spines) measures 31 mm. in length.

Distribution. East Africa, Amirantc Is., Andaman Is., Pliilij)piues.

34fi ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A COISTEIBUTION

18. Naxia taukus, Pocock.

i\r. taurus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. scr. 6, vol. v. p. 77 (1890).

Gvxlf of Martaban, two males (Oates).

I have compared these with the type-specimen and can find no difference except that
in the latter the rostral spines are much longer, being more than half the length of the
carapace, whereas in the only Martaban specimen which is perfect as regard the spines
they are less than half the length of the carapace. This difference cannot be regarded
as one of any importance. The accessory rostral spinules are placed nearer the apices
of the rostral spines than in the type, but this is perhaps only what might be expected
in a variety with the rostrum shortened.

In the larger specimen the carapace (omitting rostral spines) is 15 mm. long ; the
type is similarly 20 mm. long.

Distribution. China Sea (Pocock).

Genus Schizophrys, White.

19. Schizophrys aspera (Milne-Edw.).

S. aspera (M.-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. viii. p. 231, pi. x. fig. 1
(1873), tibi synon.

Tuticorin (Thurston) ; Ceylon (Hcdy, Nevill) ; Kameswaram and Madras (J. B. H.).

Strongly marked sexual differences are noticeable in this very common and variable
species. In the female the carapace is more uniformly granulated, the lateral spines
of the carajiace are shorter, and the accessory rostral spinules are rudimentary.

DistriJjution. From the Red Sea and East Africa, to Japan, New Caledonia, and the
Navigator Is.

Genus IIoplophrys, n.

Carapace subovate, with the regions moderately defined, the surface spinose. Rostrum
composed of two short, flattened, acute, and slightly divergent spines. A well-developed
preocular or supraocular spine, and a closed fissure on the upper orbital margin. Orbit
moderately circumscribed, only deficient below near the postorbital angle. Basal
antenual joint rather narrow, its distal external angle prolonged into a flattened acute
spine, which is distinctly seen when the carapace is viewed from above; the two succeed-
ing joints of the peduncle slender. External maxilli pedes with the iscbium longitudin-
ally sulcate in the middle line externally ; the outer distal angle of the mcrus produced
into a rounded projecting lobe, and the inner angle slightly emargiuate for the carpus ;
the exognath tapers rather abruptly from about its middle to the narroAv distal end.
Chelipedes and ambulatory legs rather short, and spinose ; the chelipedes not enlarged
in the male, with the fingers excavate at the tips and a slight basal hiatus between the
two. All the segments of the male abdomen distinct.

Possibly some of the above characters, e. (j. the spiny nature of the carapace and limbs,

TO INDIAN CAKCINOLOGT. 347

may be specific and not generic. In some respects this genus is intermediate between the
Subfamilies Schizophrysinse and PericerinsB of Miers ; it at least illustrates the difficulty
of assigning a place in either of these groups to some forms. The genera to which it
appears most closely related are Schizophrys, "White, and Mlcrophrys, Milne-Edw. In the
first of these the rostral spines carry secondary lateral spinules, there is no distinct
supraorbital spine, the upper orbital margin shows two fissures, and the merus of the
external maxillipedes is not produced externally and distally. In the second, to which
it is perhaps more nearly related, the basal antennal joint is considerably Ijroader, with a
longer terminal spine, the rostral spines are longer, the orbits more complete below,
and the cliclipedes are enlarged in the male, with acute fingers. It also l)ears con-
siderable resemblance to the American genus JVematisa, A. Milne-Edw., belon"-in"- to
the Mithracinae, but in this the orbits arc well-defined, the basal antennal joint broad
and with two external spines, and the merus of the external maxillipedes is not specially
produced at its distal external angle.

20. HoPLOPHRYS Oatesii, u. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 1-4.)

Gulf of Martaban, a male ( Oates).

The gastric region of the carapace is prominent, with two rows of spines arrano-ed in
curved lines, the anterior row (convex anteriorly) consisting of seven spines — three small
spines on each side of a central slightly larger one, the posterior row (convex posteriorly)
of three spines, the middle one of which is larger than any other on the gastric area and is
somewhat broadly compressed laterally. The cardiac area with two spines, slightly less
prominent than the posterior gastric one, arranged in transverse line, and two stiU smaller
and obtuse spines on the genital area. The branchial area with three spines — an anterior
one near the branchiogastric groove, which is the largest of all the spines on the carapace,
a small posterior one placed in a line which passes between the cardiac and genital spines,
and a large lateral one which is distinctly bifurcate, on the side margin of the carapace.
Tliere is a single short spine on the hepatic area a slight distance beliind the external
orbital angle, and a spine on the carapace internal to and smaller than the supraocular
spine. Groups of short curved hairs occur on the frontal, gastric, and branchial regions,
but otherwise the surface is perfectly smooth between the spines.

The chelipedes present a few spines on the upper suriace of the merus, especially
towards its distal end ; the carpus has about half a dozen short obtuse spines on its ujjper
surface ; the hand has well-developed superior and inferior basal articular tubercles at
the carpal articulation, and a single tubercle about the middle of the upper surface, while
elsewhere it is smooth and glabrous; the fiugersare finely toothed, with a more prominent
tooth near the base of the dactylus, and the distal halves of the fingers are in contact.
The aml)ulatory legs are spinose superiorly, the spines being most prominent at the distal
ends of the ineri and on the carpi ; the dactyli with a few minute teeth on the proximal
half of the posterior margin. The male abdomen is furnished with a single rounded
elevation on each segment except the third, which has three. All the spines on this
species are stout in proportion to their length, but with their apices more or less acute.

348 ME. J. K. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

Very fine red lines are visible on the carapace, usually arranged in pairs, running
up some of the spines and on the supraocular spine and rostrum ; they are also seen
crossing transversely the upper surface of the chelipedes and ambulatory legs.

The carapace is 9-3 mm. long, 7*3 mm. In'oad, chelipede 10 mm. long, first ambulatory
leg 12 mm., second ambulatory leg 11 mm.

I have named the species after Mr. E. W. Gates, who discovered it and a number of
other interesting forms referred to in this paper.

Genus Micippa, Leach.

21. Micippa Philyra (Herbst).

M. Philyra (Herbst), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 6 (1885).
(= M. platipes, Riipp., M. bicarinata, Ad. & "VAHi., M. Mrtipe.i, Dana, M. spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edw.).

Kameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston). Not uncommon on the reef at Rameswaram
{J. B. S.).

Distribution. Red Sea, Cape of Good Hope, and Mauritius, to New Caledonia and Fiji

22. Micippa Thaxia (Herbst).

M. Thalia (Herbst), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. T,, vol. xv. p. 10 (1885).

(= M. inermis, Hasw., M. pusilla, Bianconi).

Tuticorin and Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Rameswaram {J. B. H.).
Like the other species of the genus, nearly always overgrown with sponges.
Distribution. Red Sea and Natal coast to New Caledonia.

23. Micippa mascarenica, Kossmann.

M. Philyra, var. mascarenica, Kossmann, Malacostraca in Zool. Ergebn. Reise Rotheu Meeres, p. 7,
pi. iii. fig. 2 (1877).

M. mascarenica, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 7 (1885).

(= M. super ciliosa, Hasw., Paramicippa asperimanus, Miere).

Gulf of Martaban, three females, one with ova and one bearing a Saccnlino (Oates).
Distribtition. Red Sea, Mauritius, Singapore, N. Aitstralia.

24. Micippa margaritifera, n. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 5-7.)
Gulf of Martaban, a male and two females with ova {Oates).

The carapace is but little convex, mth the hepatic regions deeply excavate, and the
surface everywhere strongly granulated, though fewer granules are present in the hollows.
Two short blunt spines occur on the margin of the posterior branchial area, and a third less
marked is placed internal to these and on the surface of this region. The cardiac area is
somewhat circumscribed, and behind it, nearly at the posterior margin of the carapace,
there is a small strongly granulated elevation, with a similar Init slighter elevation on
each side. The anterior half of the lateral margin has a few irregular spines, the largest
placed opposite the posterior part of the hepatic depression. The front is vertically
deflexed, with the surface granulated and the apex rctroflcxcd, terminating in tAvo
obtusely rounded equal lobes separated by a median notch, and on the outer margin oi'

TO IXDrAX CAECIXOLOGT. 349

each lobe is a short curved spine dii'ectccl forwards (an imaginary line joining these two
spines marks the junction of the vertical rostrum with the horizontal apex). The anterior
orbital fissure is linear and twice as deep as the wider posterior fissure. On the posterior
margin of the carapace are three perfectly hemispherical smooth tubercles exactly
resembling pearls set in the margin, and slightly smaller than the ocular corne:c ; a
finely crenulated line separates the median from the lateral pearl on each side. The
basal antennal joint has two or three short spines in front of the orbit, and the second
peduncular joint is not specially dilated ; the flagellum carries a few short hairs.

The chclipedes in the male are finely granulated on the upper and lower surfaces of
the merus, the whole of the carpus, and the inner surface of the hand and fingers ; on the
inner surface of the hand the granules become subspinulose, while the outer surface of
the hand and fingers is smooth. The ojiposiug edges of the fingers arc finely crenulated,
and there is a slight basal hiatus between them; the finger-tips are dark in colom*.
The ambulatory legs are very hairy, with the meral joints enlarged and flattened distally,
and a slight lobe occurs on the posterior distal margin of these joints.

The male carapace is 15 mm. long and 12 mm. broad, the chelipcdes 20 mm. long, and
the second ambulatory leg 17 mm. long ; the carapace of the larger female is ouly 9 mm.
long.

This small species is distinguished l)y its three pearl-like tubercles, the form of the
front and of the ambulatory legs, &c. M. cnrtispina, Haswell, has a similarly deflexed
rostrum, but it terminates in four rounded lobes, and there are other points of dilference.

Genus Tylocarcinus, Miers.

25. Tylocarcinus Styx (Herbst).

Miciop/injs Styx (Herbst), A. ^riliic-Echvards, Noiiv. Arch. Mus. Ilist. Nat. t. viii. p. 24", pi. xi
fig. -1 (187.2), ubi synun.

Eameswaram, Tuticorin, and ^luttuwartu Par [Thurston). Common on the reef at
E-amcswaram (/. B. H.).

The general colour of this species is yellowish, with red mottlings on the gastric and
branchial regions of the carapace, and along the upper surface of the legs ; smaller red
spots and lines are foimd on the cheli})cdcs.

BislribiUion. From tlic Red Sea to flic Pacific.

Genus Lambkus, Leach.

26. Lambrus loxgimani s (Linn.).

L. lom/imanns (limn.) , Milne-Edwards, Hist. \at. Crust, t. i. p. .3') I- (1834); Miers, Ami. Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 20 (1879).

Ceylon (Haly) ; Gulf of Martaban {0(f(i'.s) ■ Madras (./. h\ H.).

A male from Madras has the carapace 25-5 mm. long and 27"5 mm. broad, tlie right
chelipcde 102 mm. long.

Dintrihnlion. Mauritius, Mergui, Malay Archipelago, N. and N.K. Australia.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. .",1

350 MR. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTRIBUTION

27. Lambeus contrarius (Herbst).

L. contrarius (Herbst), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 354 (1834) ; Miers, ' Challenger'

Brachyura, p. 94 (1886) .

(= L. spinimanus, Desmarest).

Tuticorin, an adult male [Thurston).

The carapace of this specimen is 38 mm. long, 3G mm. broad, and the chelipedes
93 mm. long.

Distribution . Mauritius, Malay Archipelago.

28. Lambrus apfinis, A. Milne-Edw.

L. affinis, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. viii. p. 261, pi. xiv. fig. 4 (1872).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Pi,ameswarani [J. B. S.); Gulf of Martaban (Oates); Ceylon
{.Nevill).

The chelipedes are stouter and proportionately shorter in the female tlian in the male,
and in the latter the ambulatory legs are also more slender. The carapace of a male is
18 mm. long and 18-5 mm. broad. It is a common and widely-distributed species, and,
as suggested by Miers, may perhaps proA^e identical with the longer known i. pelagicus,
Euppell.

Blstrihutioit. Zanzibar, Seychelles, Singapore, Cochin China, Philippines, N. Australia,
New Caledonia.

29. Lambrus longispinus, Miers.

L. longispinus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 18 (1879).

{= L. npinifer, Haswell).

Tuticorin, an adult male ( Thurston).

This species may be recognized by the median row of large spines on its carapace, and
by the presence of large rounded granulated tubercles on the under surface of the cheli-
pedes. The ambulatory legs are strongly compressed.

Distribution. Shanghai, Malay Archipelago, N. and N.E. Australia.

30. Lambrus Holdsworthi, Miers.

L. Holdsworthi, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 19, j)l. v. fig. 3 (1879).

Tuticorin, a male {Thurston).

The specimens described by Miers were all females. The male has more slender
chelipedes and the inequalities of the carapace are more marked ; there is also a row of
minute tubercles passing forwards on each side from the gastric spine towards the orbital
margin, which is not represented in Miers's figure. The carapace is 13 mm. long and
14-5 mm. broad, the chelipedes 36 mm. long.

Distribution. Ceylon {Miers).

31. Lambrus sculptus, A. Milne-Edw.

L. (Aulacolambrus) sculptus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. viii. p. 258, pi. xiv.
fig. 3(1872).

Gulf of Martaban, four specimens ( Oates).

TO INDIA X CAECINOLOGY. 351

The largest specimen (a female) has the carapace 8 ram. long and 7"5 mm. broad. In
this small species there is a well-marked channel on each ptcrygostomial area leading to
the branchial opening. The L. pisoides, Adams & White, is a closely allied species, and
the two arc perhaps not distinct.

Distribution. New Caledonia {A. .Uili/r-Echcards); " Eastei'n Seas," and Fiji {Brit.
Mus.).

32. Lajibrus hoploxotus, Adams & White.

L. ho/ilonotus, Adams & White, ' Samarang ' Crust., p. 35, pi. vii. fig. .3 (1848).

Muttuvvartu Par, a male {Thurston).

The single specimen belongs to the var. planifrons of Miers (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 24, pi. v. tig. 7) founded on specimens collected by Holdsworth in
Ceylon. The carapace is 12 mm. long, and 17*5 mm. in breadth including the lateral
epibranchial spines.

Disft'l/jution. Ceylon, Malay Archijielago, N.E. Australia, New Caledonia.

Genus Cryptopodia, Milne-Edwards.

33. Cryptopodia fornicata (Eabr.).

C.foniimta (Fabr.), Adams & Wliite, ' Samaraug ' Crust., p. 32, pi. vi. fig. i (1848).

Gulf of Martaban {Gates). A single very young specimen apparently referable to this
species.

Distribution. N., N.E., and E. Australia, Malay Archipelago, Singapore, China, Japan.

Genus Qh'UKA, Leach.
31. CEthra scrtjposa (Linn.).

(Ethra scrupom (Linn.), 3Iilue-Ed«ards, flist. Xat. Crust, t. i. p. 371 (1834).

Ceylon {Haly).

Distribution. Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, Strait of Gaspar.

Genus Zebkida, White.
35. Zebrida ApAMSii, White.

Zebrida Adamsii, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 18 t7, p. 121 ; Adams & White, ' Samarang' Crust., p. 21,
pi. vii. fig. 1 (1848).

Tuticorin, two females (one witii ova) and a male {Thurston).

Those specimens completely agree as regards colour-markings witli the original
description and figure of this very beautiful species; the markings arc doubtless protective.
The single male has the carapace Hatter and slightly narrower than in tlie females, and
in the former the propodus of the right chelipede is more strongly developed than tliat of
the other side. The largest specimen [ii female with ova) has the carapace 11 mm. long,
and 10-5 mm. broad between the ajjices ol" the lateral spines; the male is 9 imn. long
and S mm. broad. Z. lonfjispinn, llaswcU, from Torres Strait, is distinguished only by
its longer and more acute spines, and is [)erhaps merely a local variety.

Distribution. Sooloo Sea and coast ol" Borneo, 6-12 fathoms {Adams Sf White).

51*

352 ME. J. R. HENDEUSON— A C0:\TE1BUT10N

Genus Parattmoltis, Miers.

36. Pakatymolus sexspinosus, Miers.

P. sexspinosus^ Miers, ' Alert' Crust, p. 261, \A. xxvii. fig. B (1884).

Tuticorin, a male specimen ( Thurston).

Three spines are present on eacli antero-lateral margin of the carapace, the first
(preocular) ami second obtuse, the third at the antero-lateral angle subacute and directed
forwards. The terminal joint of the antennal peduncle is greatly flattened and its margin
ciliated. The carapace is finely pubescent. Length of carapace 8 mm., breadth 7 mm.

Dhtrlhution . Torres Strait (ii^'ers).

Group Cyclombtopa.
Genus Atergatis, De Haan.

37. Atergatis integerrimus (Lamarck).

A. inteyerrinivs (Lam.), A. Milue-Edwaids, Nouv. Areli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. .^35 (1865).

(= A. subdivisus, Adams & White).

Tuticorin, a series {Thurston) ; Ceylon {Hahj, NevlU) ; Rameswaram, not uncommon
at low water under blocks of dead coral {J. H. M.).

The carapace of a Tuticorin specimen measures 68 mm. in length and 104 mm. in
breadth.

BistrihutioH. Prom E. Africa to China and Japan.

38. Atergatis floribus (Rumph.).

A.jlorklus (Ruraph.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 243 (1865).

Rameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston); Ceylon {Mali/, Nevill); llameswaram,
common on the reef and at low water {J. R. H.).

The carapace of a specimen from Rameswaram measures 41 mm. in length and 58 mm.
in breadth.

Bistributioii. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, N. Australia, New Caledonia,
and Tahiti.

39. Atergatis l^vigatus, A. MUne-Edw.

A. Icsvigatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. .".M, pi. xv. fig. 4 (1865).

Tuticorin, an adult female {Thurston).

In this sjjccics the carapace is very convex both from side to side and from before
backwards. The Jintero-lateral mai-gin terminates simply at its posterior end and is not
continued into a transverse ridge ; four closed and indistinct marginal fissures can be
made out, three of them situated rather close together on the posterior half of the margin.
The band is not carinated superiorly and the finger-tips are excavated ; the ambulatory
legs are strongly carinated. It is regarded by Kossmann as a variety of A. roseus
V P\.up))cll), but in the latter species, as described by A. Milne-Edwards, and in specimens

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 353

from the Red Sea, in the British Museum, which I have examined, the carapace and
chelipedes are covered with numerous small depressions or pits, giving them a rugose
appearance, and this character is wanting in the present species; otherwise the two
are nearly related.

Distrihullon. Malal)ar {A. Milne -Edwards).

40. Atergatis dilatatus, De Haan.

A. dilatatus, De Haau, Crust Jaiiou. p. IG, tab. xiv. fig. 2 (1850).
Ceylon (Hahj).

I refer some young specimens douht fully to this species. Miiller has had similar douht
in regard to specimens from Trincomali.

Distribution. China (De Maan) ; New Caledonia (A. Milne-Edwards).

Genus Caupilius, Leach.

41. CakpiIiIUS maculatus (Linn.).

C. maculatus (Liirn.), A. Mihic-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 214 (1865).

Ceylon {Haly, Necill).

Distribution. From IMauritius to the Malay Archipelago, New Caledonia, and the
Pacific.

Genus Cakpilodes, Dana.

42. Cakpilodes tristris, Dana.

C. tristris, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. vol. i. p. 193, pi. ix. fig. 7 (1852).

Muttuwartu Par, a male (Thurston).

Distribution. Paumotu Archi])elago {Dona) ; N. and N.E. Australia (Miers) ; " Eastern
Seas" (Drit. Mus.).

43. Cakpilodes makgaritatus, A. Milue-Edw.

C. marr/aritatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i.\. p. 182, pi. v. fig. 2 (1873).

E-ameswaram, two males; Tuticorin, two young males [Thurston).

These agree with A. Milne-Edwards's figure and brief description, though they have lost
the vivid colour shown in the former. The pearly granulations show a tendency to
linear arrangement on the hands. A wide hiatus exists between the iiugers, and their
margins are toothed. The inner border of the carpus carries tAvo strong granulated and
blunt teeth. The largest specimen has the carapace 17 mm. long and 27'5 mm. broad.

Distribution. New Caledonia {A. Milne- Edwards).

44. CaPcPilodes venosus (Mibte-Edw.).

Carpitius venosus, Milnc-l'dwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. ;?83 (1834).

Xant/io ohtusus, De Haan, Crust. .Japou. ]). 17, ])1. xiii. fig. 5 (1850).

Lioiiicra ohtusa, Stimiison, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. I'liilad. March 1858, p. 32.

Carpilodes venosus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. y,. 227, pi. xii. fig. 2 (1865),

Ceylon {Hahj).

Distribution. Erom Mam-itius to Japan, New Caledonia, and N. Australia.

354 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

45. Carpilodes cinctimantjs (White).

Carpilius cinctimanus, White, Append. Jukes's Voy. ' Fly/ p. 336, pi. ii. fig. 3 (1847) .
lAomera cinctimana, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 176, pi. v. fig. 4 (1873) .
Carpilodes cinctimanus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 234 (1880).

(= 1 Liomera lata, Dana).

Ceylon {Ualij, Nevill).

The general ground-colour of this species is bright red. The fingers are black, and a
black band encircles the hand, though in young individuals it is sometimes absent. The
dactyli of the ambulatory legs have a white band encircling theu* middle portion, while
the narrow apical part is black.

Distribution. Prom Mauritius and the Seychelles, to the Pacific and west coast of North
America.

Genus Liomera, Dana.

46. Liomera punctata (Milne-Edw.).

Xanthopunctatus,M.\\ue-'E.&\fwcAs, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 396 (1834); A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv.
Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 199, pi. vii. fig. 6 (1873).
Liomera punctata, Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 528 (1884).

(= L. maculata, Haswell).

Tuticorin, an adult male; ^Muttuwartu Par, a young male {Thurston); Ceylon
{Nevill).

The carapace of the larger specimen is 18 mm. long and 30 mm. broad. The red spots
on the carapace soon fade in spirit. There is a characteristic light-coloured band at the
base of the mobile finger of each chelipede.

Distribution. Madagascar, Seychelles, Amirante Is., Red Sea, Malay Archipelago, N.
Australia, New Caledonia.

47. Liomera Rodgersii (Stimpson).

Lachnopodus Rodgersli, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. March 1858, p. 32.
Liomera Rodgersii, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 231, pi. xiii. fig. 3 (1880) ; De Man,
Brock's Crust, p. 237 (1888).

Ceylon {Halt/).

Distrilmtion. Malay Archipelago.

Genus Lophact^a, A. Milne-Edwards.

48. LoPHACTJiA GRANULOSA (Riippell).

L. granulosa (Riipp.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 247 (1865).

{= Cancer limbatus, Milne-Edw.).

Eameswaram, a male; Tuticorin, three males and three females {Thurston). Not
imcommon on the reef at Eameswaram {J. R. JS.).

In most of these there is an ill-defined granular ridge on the upper surface of the hand,
and in one female it is sharp and prominent ; this ridge is one of the chief distinguishing
features of the closely-allied Z. cristate/, A. Milne-Edw. In the same female the granu-

TO INDIAN CARCDfOLOGY. 355

lations are more pronounced on the carapace, and they occur even on the mesogastric
\dhe and towards the lateral and posterior margins of the carapace, whereas in the other
specimens they are deficient in these localities. In a third species, L. Eydouxii, A. Milne-
Edw., the only difference of importance is that the gastric region is less distinctly
lohulated, and the lobes separated merely by shallow grooves. It is perhaps possible
that all three are varieties of a single A^ariable species. The largest specimen, a male,
has the carapace 35 mm. long and 49 mm. broad.

Distribuiion. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to the Pacific.

19. LoPHACT^A SEMiGRANOSA (Heller).

Ateryutis nemigranusus, Heller, Sitzuugsh. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, p. 313 (18G1).
Lophactaia semigraiiosa, A. Miluc-Edwards; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 248 (1865) ; De Man,
Brock's Crust, p. 216, taf. viii. fig. t (1888).

Muttuwartu Par, two males and a female with ova [Thurston) ; Rameswaram {J.R. IT.).

These agree well with a specimen in the British Museum from Suakim, though
in the Indian specimens the crest on the upper margin of the hand is more strongly
marked. The antero-latoral margin of the carapace somewhat resembles that of a
Lo2)hozozymus. The carapace is granulated anteriorly and towards the sides, smooth
posteriorly ; but De Man has recently pointed out that the entire surface may be granu-
lated. The carpus and propodus of the chelaj are granular externally, with the granules
arranged in lines, and a large tooth is present on the inner surface of the immobile finger.
The ambtilatory legs are carinated, but not granulated, and have ciliated margins.
The largest specimen, a female with ova, is 9 mm. long and 13 mm. broad.

Distribution. Red Sea, Amirante Is., Malay Archipelago.

50. LoPHACT^A FissA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 8, 8 a).

Tuticorin, a male {Thurston).

The areolation and armature of th(; carapace are similar to those; of L. yranulosa, except
that the granules arc somewhat fewer in number, and towards the sides of the carapace
they tend to become spinulose ; a smooth transverse area also exists near the posterior
margin. Tlie lateral margins are scarcely so produced as is usual in the genus, and the
spiniform granules extend on to them ; three wide open fissures are met with, t\\ o close
together anteriorly, and the posterior one near the hinder termination of the antero-
lateral margin. The portion of the antero-lateral margin contiguous to the orbit, i. e.
between the latter and the first fissure, is straight, thickened, and separated from both
the upper and the lower orbital margin by a very narrow fissure; a second narrow fissm'e
is present as usual in the upper orI)ital margin. The frontal lobes arc regularly rounded.
The antennal peduncles and external maxillipcdes are similar to those of L. granulosa.

The chclipedes are like those o! L. (jranulosa, i. e. ^ivow^ly tuberculated externally;
the fingers arc black, compressed, and ridged exteraally, Avith a well-marked internal lobe
on the immobile finger. The ambulatory legs have the carpal and propodal joints rather
less carinated than usual, and their posterior surfaces (especially of the propodi) strongly
granulated ; well-marked articular facets are present between these joints on each leg.

356 ME. J. -R. HENDERSON — A CONTEIBUTION

The male abdomen has merely a few granules on the first two segments ; but the sternal
region of the thorax is granulated.

The wbole upper surface of the carapace, and outer surface of the chelipedes and legs,,
carry long yellowish green hairs, which are specially elongated on the margins of the legs.

The carapace is 17'5 mm. long and 25' 5 mm. broad; the distance between the outer
orbital angles 14 mm., lower margin of hand and immobile finger li'5 mm., height of
hand 7*7 mm., length of dactylus 8 mm.

This species is distinguished by the form of the lateral margin of its carapace, and
especially by the wide fissu.res, but also by the peculiar hairs with which it is clothed.

Genus AcT.a:A, De Haan.

51. ACT^A GRANULATA (Aud.).

A. fframdata (Aud.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 27') (1865).

( = A.'/mra, Stimpson).

Tuticorin, three specimens, one carrying a SaccuUna ; Cheval Par {Thurston) ; reef at
Eameswaram (/. R. H.}.

I have examined the type of A. carcharias. White, in the British Museum, and agree
with Miers that it is probably only a variety of A. grmiulata.

Distribution . From the Red Sea and East Africa to China and Australia.

52. AcT^A CALCULOSA (Milne-Edw.).

A. calculosa (Mihie-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 27G, pi. xviii'
fig. 3 (1865).

Tuticorin, thirteen specimens, including four females with ova; Muttuwartu Par
[Thurston).

This species is allied to A. (jranulatu, but is smaller; the carapace is flatter and les&
contracted posteriorly, with the granules on its surface smoother ; the posterior margin
is granulated and there is a smooth transverse groove immediately in front of it, which
is not seen in A. granulata. In the present species also, the tubercles on the hand are
more rounded, the abdominal and sternal regions are smooth or only faintly granulated,
and the whole aspect is more glal)rous.

The largest specimen (a male) has the carapace 11'3 mm. long and 15'5 mm. broad,
whUe the smallest female with ova is only 8'5 mm. long and 12 mm. broad.

Distribution. Australia [A. 3Hlne-Edwards).

53. AcT^A NODULOSA (White).

A. nodulosa (Wliite), Adams & White, ' Samarang ' Crast. p. 39, tab. viii. fig. 4 (1848); Miers,
'Challenger' Brachyura, p. 120 (1886).

Tuticorin, three females (one with ova) and two males {Thurston).

The types in the British Museum are obviously young and only about half the size of
the largest Tuticorin examples, but there can be no doubt, I think, as to the identity
of the latter. The carapace is only moderately convex, with the anterior regions well-

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. ,'{57

defined, and separated by somewhat deep smooth grooves ; smooth rounded tiiljereles
are everywhere present, as well as a few scattered tufts of hair, which are not seen in
the types. On the antero-latcral margin are four elevations, each composed of a collection
of tubercles; on the posterior margin is a continuous row of tuliercles, and iaimediately
in front of it a second row, which, h(j\vever, is interrupted in the middle. The chelipcdes
and ambulatory legs are tuberculate externally, and the latter are fringed Avith hairs.
The digits are black and both are granulated proximally ; the black colour occasionally
extends back for some distance on both the inner and outer surface of tiie liaud. The ■
sternal region is granulated.

The largest male is 1(5 mm. long and 23-") mm. broad; a female with ova is 11-5 mm.
long and 17 mm. broad.

A specimen in the British Museum, taken by H.M.S. ' Challenger ' at Honolulu, has the
carapace slightly broader in proportion to its length, and the tubercles on its surface both
smaller and more numerous ; the ambulatory legs without hairs. It may perhaps rank
as a variety. '

Distribiifion. Mauritius {IVhite); Honolulu (Jliers).

54. AcT^EA Peronii (Milne-Edw.), var. squamosa, n.

A. pemtiii (Milne-Edw.), Miers, 'Challenger' Bracliyura, p. 122 (18«6).

{ = Xciif/i'i SJ//IIOSUS, Hess).

Muttuwartu Par, a female {Tliurnton).

This specimen ditfers from the typical form in having the tubercles of the carapace
replaced by flattened, polished, scale-like elevations ; each scale is raised higher from the
carapace anteriorly than it is posteriorly, and the whole series presents a tiled or ground
appearance, as if the filing had been performed from behind forwards. The scales are
also present, though of smaller size, on the posterior part of the carapace, whereas in
the typical form this part is almost smooth. In the variety the ambulatory legs are
hairy and the merus of the last leg is strongh' tuberculate (smooth in the typical form) ;
the tubercles of the carpus and propodus oF the chelipcdes are more conical, and the
tubercles present on the eye-stalks and immediately below the suborbital margin are
more strongly developed. I cannot regard this specimen as belonging to a distinct species,
for I have observed a tendency towards tlic above characters in undoubted specimens of
A. Feronii; still it may be useful to di.stinguish it by a special name.

The carapace measiu-es 0'5 mm. in length and 12 mm. in l)readtli.

Distribution. Australia [3Iihte-Edwurds, Hess) ; Bass Strait {Miers}.

55. ACT.KA IIDFOPUNCTATA (Miluc-Edw.j.

j4. nifopunctata (Wilnc-Edw.), A. Miliu-Kdwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 2().S.

pi. xviii fig-. 1 (1865).

{ = A. iiilusd, Stinipson).

Tuticorin ; Cheval Par (Thurston).

In this species the lingers are almost excavated at the tips, so it might with equal
justice be placed in the genus Acta'odcs.

SEC0N1> SEKIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 52

358 31R. J. R. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

Disti'ibntmi . From the Red Sea, Seychelles, and Mauritius, to China and the Pijis.
It has also heen lecorded from the Mediterranean, the Canaries, Madeira, and the
S. Atlantic.

56. AcT^A RuppELLii (Krauss).

A. Ruppelhi (Krauss), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. jj. 232 (1880), uhi synon.

Tuticorin, many specimens {Thurston). Common on the reef at Rameswaram {J. B. R.).

The amount of pubescence varies greatly in different individuals. After examination
of the type of ^Egle rugata, Adams & White, I have come to the same conclusion as
Hilgendorf and Miers, viz. that it is merely a variety of the present species. A. hirsu-
tissima, Riipp., is also closely allied and perhaps not distinct.

Blstrihutiou. Natal, Zanzibar, Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, N. and X.E. Australia.

Genus Hypocceltjs, Heller.

57. Htpoccelus rugostjs, n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 9-11.)
Tuticorin, two females {Thurston).

This species is closely allied to S. granulatus (De Haan), which has been well described
and figured by both De Haan and A. Milne-Edwards, so that only the characters wherein
it diflFers from the latter need be pointed out. The areolation of the carapace is very
like that of S. granulatus, but the granules are much smaller. The posterior half of the
lateral margin of the carapace is irregular and three-toothed, the most anterior tooth
being well-defined, and marking tlio hinder limit of the pterygostomial cavity ; whereas
in S. grannlatus this margin is slightly irregular, but not dentate. The pterygostomial
cavity has the upper and lower margins straight, and gradually converging to a rather
broad truncated hinder end, which is fully half the width of the anterior end ; whUe in
S. granulatvs the loAver margin of tlie cavity is strongly curved and the hinder end
narrow and pointed (see PI. XXXVI. fig. 12); in our new species the cavity also
approaches nearer to the orbit.

In both species the chelipedes are somewhat similar in general appearance. In
S. rugosus the carpus is more strongly tuberculate, and the granules on the outer surface
of the hand are arranged in reticulating lines, while the upper surface is convex and
covered with prominent granular tubercles; whereas in the longer known form the
granules on the outer surface of the hand are arranged in moi-e or less parallel lines
along the joint, and the upper surface is flattened or almost concave, with a median and
two lateral granulated lines on this area. The ambulatory legs are also more strono-ly
tuberculated in the new species.

The gastric and branchial regions of tlie carapace are reddish (in spirit specimens),
whUe the carpal joints of the chelipedes, and the legs, show traces of the same colour.

All the comparisons have been made Avith a single dried specimen of //. granulatus
(locality unknown) in the collection of the British Museum.

In the larger specimen the carapace is 12-3 mm. long and 17-5 mm. Ijroad ; the front
is 5'3 mm. broad.

TO TXDIAX CAECINOLOGY. 3o9

G(!iius Xantho, Leach.

58. Xantho impkessis (Lamarck).

X. impressus (Lam.), A. Milne-Edwards, Youv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 198, pi. vi. fig. 2 (187.3).

Ceylon, five specimens {NcrUl).

Dislrib/ffion. Mauritius, Mcrgui, New Caledonia.

Genus Mld/EL's, Dana.

59. MeDyEUS uistinguendus (De Haan).

Cancer {Xantho) f//sfinf/iieiidvs, De Haan, Crust. .Tapon. p. 48, tab. xiii. fig. 7 (1850).
Medinix distinyuendiis (Do Haan), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. .31 (1887).
Xantho Marf/illivrni/i, Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. .211, pi. xx. tig. C (1884).

Gulf of Martahan, two young specimens {Gates).

I have compared these and found them identical with specimens of similar size from
Merg"ui,in the British Musetmi, wliich were referred by Dc Man — and as I think correctly—
to De Haan's species. Xantho 3Iac(]Uluyroyi, Miers, from Australia, of which both dry
and spirit specimens exist in the British Museum collection, is also in my opinion
referable to the same species, the differences being unimportant ; indeed De Haan's figure
is a better representation of X. Macfjill'wraijl than is the one given in the Report on the
' Alert' Crustacea. Miers (' Alert' Crust, p. 530) appears to have regarded De Haan's
species as a variety of Leptodins exandns (Milne-Edw.). In old specimens the granules
on the hands appear to be lost, and simply a rugose appearance is left.

Distribution. Red Sea, Mergui, China, Japan, N. and N.E. Australia.

Genus EiTXANTHUS, Dana.

GO. EuxANTHTJS Melissa (Herbst).

E. Mclisna (Herbst), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 293 (1865).

Tuticorin [Thurston); Ceylon {Ilali/, Nerill).

JJistrilmtion. Erom India to Australia and the Pacific (Eijis, Tongatabii, &c.).

Genus Zozvjrrs, Milne-Edwards.

(51. ZozYMUS ^NBUS (Linn.).

Z. yEiieus (Linu.), Mihic- Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. i. p. 385 (1834).

Ceylon {Haly, NecilJ).

Distribution. Red Sea, Mascarenes, Malay Archipelago, Loo Choo Is., Australia, South
Pacific.

Genus Polvcremnus, Gerstaecker.

62. i'oLYCREMNis oCHTODES (llerbst).

Galvne oc/itode.t (Herbst), Adams & White, ' Samarang' Crust, p. 43, tab. x. fig. 2 (1848),
Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Madras {J. B. B.).

52*

360 MR. J. R. IlENDERSOX— A CONTRIBUTION

Tlie carapace of a specimen from Madras is 23 mm. long and 29 mm. broad.
Distribution. Indian Ocean (Serbst, Uliite) ; Malay Archipelago {Adams Sf White).

Genus Halimede, De Haan.
68. Halimede Thurstoni, n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 13, 14.)

Tuticorin, a male {Thurston).

This species is closely allied to R. frayifer, De Haan, from Japan, l)ut is, I think,
distinct, though possibly it may afterwards be shown to be a variety of that species,
which in general form it much resembles. The carapace is covered with short tufts of
hair, which spring from the different elevations, and these last are raucli less marked
than in De Haan's species ; tliey consist simply of minute clustered granules on the
gastric, cardiac, and branchial regions. The short antero-lateral margin has two strongly
marked teeth, one at the posterior limit of the margin, the other between this and the
orbit ; opposite the latter tooth there is a strongly-marked flattened tul^ercle on the
hepatic region, and between the tooth and the orbit a third small antero-lateral tooth.
External to the postorbital angle is a flattened lobe, and the loAver orbital margin is
similarly flattened. The frontal lobes are strongly produced, with a deep intervening
median fissure ; each lobe is regularly convex anteriorly and the mai'gin is finely crenu-
lated. The inferior and internal angle of the orbit is produced, and along with a con-
siderable portion of the lower orbital wall can be distinctly seen fi'om above. The basal
antennal joint is joined to the sub frontal process, but does not extend into the inner
orbital hiatus as in Halimede Coppingeri, Miers (so this latter species is, as surmised by
Miers, probably referable to another genus). The merus of the external maxillipedes is
faintly emarginate at its distal end, the outer distal angle is slightly produced, and there
is a distinct notch for the carpus.

The chelipedes are similar to those of De Haan's species, but the carpus and hand are
much less strongly tuberculate, the tubercles being almost obsolete on the outer and
lower surface of the hand, while those on the upper surface are regularly flattened.
The ambulatory legs and male abdomen resemble those of De Haan's species.

The most important diff"erence between the two species is seeu in tlie frontal lobes,
which in that just described have a convex crenulated margin, while in R. fragifer they
are concave and entire ; in the new species also, the carapace and outer surface of the
hand are much less tuberculated. The MedcBus nodosus, A. Milne-Edwards, from New
Caledonia, bears a general resemblance to our species, but the antero-lateral margin of
the carapace has four teeth, the front is less ])roduced, and tlie lolies are not rounded ; it
is perhaps congeneric with the j^resent species.

The carapace is 9 mm. long and 10 mm. broad.

Genus Cycloxanthus, A. Milne-Edwards.
64. Ctcloxanthtjs lineatus, A. Milne-Edw.

C. lineatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, t. vii. p. 261) (18G7) ; id. Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 209, pi, vi. fig. 5 (1873).

TO IXDIAX CAKCINOLOGT. 361

Tuticorin, a male ( Thnrston).

The colour is at first very vivid, hut the lines on the carapace soon fade in spirit.
The carapace is IIT) mm. long and ].")-.j mni. broad. Milne-Edwards's type-specimen was
slightlv larger.

Distribution. New Caledonia, Lifu, Torres Strait, Arafura Sea.

Genus LornozozririTs, A. Milne-Edwards.

65. LopuozozYMUS DoDONE (Hcrbst).

L. Dodone (Hcrbst), Do Man, Brock's Crust, p. :^70, Taf. x. iig. 2 (1888), iibi synon.

[ — Xantho radiafus, ^lilne-Edwards, A/nya/is lateralis, White, Atergatis elegans, Heller).

Tuticorin, a series ; Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Rameswaram {J. B. JI.).
I have examined tlio types of Atergatis lateralis, White, from Mauritius, and find that
they are identical with this species, as more than one writer had already suspected.
BistrihiUioii. East Africa, Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, New Caledonia.

(56. LoPuozozYMUS CRiSTATUs, A. Milne-Edw.

L. cristafxs; A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 20S, pi. vi. fig. 4 (1873).

Muttuwartu Par, three specimens ( Thurston).

These are probably young, the largest measuring only 13"5 mm. in length and 22 mm.
in breadth. Immersion in spirit 1ms completely removed all trace of the vi-vad colour
shown in Milne-Edwards's figure.

Distrihntion. New Caledonia {A. JUhi e- Ed icards).

Genus Chlorodius, Rlippell.

67. Chlorodius niger (Forskal).

C. niger (I'^orsk.), De Man, Mergui Crust. ]>. .'52 (1887).

Tuticorin, many specimens ; Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Rameswaram, one of the
commonest species on the reef (./. R. H.).

Distri1)nlion. From the Red Sea and East Africa to Australia and the Pacific.

Genus Chlouodopsis, A. Milne-Edwards.

(58. CuLORODOPSis SPiNiPES (Hcller).

C. spinipes (Heller), A. IMiluc-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 230, pl.viii.fig. G (1873).

Ceylon (Halg) ; jMuttuwartu Par, a male ( Thurston).

The Muttuwartu specimen measures 8 mm. in length and 10'5 mm. in breadth. It is
moi'c hirsute than is represented in INEilnc-Edwards's fiijure, tlie carapace, legs, and
chelipedes carrying uaany reddish Ijrown hairs ; tlie under surface is witliout hairs,
and the sternal region is linely granulated. Tlie male abdomen is very narrow, and the
penultimate segment is slightly wider at its distal than at its proximal end.

Distribution. Red Sea, Malay Arclnpelago, New Caledonia.

362 MR. .T. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

Genus Leptodiits, A. Milne-Edwards.

69. Leptodius exarattts (Milne-Edw.).

L. exaratus (Milne-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 222 (1873) ; Koss-
mann, Malacostraca in Zool. Ergebn. Reise Rotlien Meeres, p. 32, taf. ii. (1877).

Tuticorin, many specimens ; Silavaturai Par {Thurstou) ; Ceylon {Ilaly, Nevill) ;
Sind, several specimens {Dau) ; very common on the reef at Rameswaram [J. R. R.).

A very common and very variable species. A male from Silavaturai has the carapace
flatter and less distinctly areolated than usual ; the colour in spirit light grey, with a
large brownish spot on the gastric area of the carapace, and the distal joints of the
ambulatory legs darkly banded. Similar specimens from West Australia are in the
British Museum collection, and this variety is figured by Kossmann. An old male from
Sind (22*5 mm. long and 35 mm. broad) has the postero-lateral surface of the carapace
excavated on each side for the last pair of legs, while its front and chelipedes are
twisted and deformed.

Distribution. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan and the Pacific.

Genus Etistjs, Milne-Edwards.

70. Etisus l^vimanijs, Uandall.

E. Imvimanus (Rand.), Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. vol. i. p. 185, pi. x. fig. 1 (18.")2) ; A. Milne-
Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 234 (1873).

Rameswaram and Tuticorin, many specimens {Thurston); Ceylon (Half/); common
on the reef at Rameswaram (J. B. M.).

BistribtUion. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, the Sandwich Is., and
Eijis.

Genus Etisodes, Dana.

71. Etisodes Electba (Herbst).

E. Electra (Herbst), Miers, ' Alert' Crust, p. 217 (1884), ubi synon.

{=E. frontalis, Dana, E. rugosa, Lucas, E. sculptilis, Heller, Chlorodius dentifrons, Stm.,

Chlorodius samoensis, Miers).

Tuticorin {Thurston) ; Rameswaram, not uncommon {J. B. H.).

Distribution. Red Sea, Seychelles, Malay Archipelago, N. Australia, Samoa, Sand-
wich Is.

Genus Phymodius, A. Milne-Edwards.

72. Phymodius ungulatus (Milne-Edw.).

P. ungulatus (Milne-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 218 (1873),

{ = C/ilorodius areolatus, Adams & White).
Ceylon {Haly).
Distribution. From India to New Caledonia and the Pacific.

TU IAUIAjV CAKCOOLOGY. 363

73. Phymobius monticulosus (Dana).

P. monticulosus (Dana), Miers, ' Challcugcr ' Brachyura, p. 139 (1886), ubi synon.

Tuticorin, four females and one male ( Thurston).

The largest specimen — a female — is 1 (i mm. long and 22 mm. broad.

Disti-ibniion. From the Indian Ocean to the Pacific.

Genus Cymo, De Haan.

74. Cymo Andbeossyi (Aud.).

C. AndrcvKsyi (And.), Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 5:52 (1884).

( = 6*. ine/diiodiic/i/lus, De Haan).

Tuticorin, a female with ova ; Muttuwartu Par, a mak; (Thurston) ; Rameswaram,
not uncommon (J. M. S.).

The carapace has a few granules arranged ti'ansversely on the gastric region and
towards the lateral margins, while two conspicuous denticles are present towards the
centre of the lateral margin. The front is denticulated, the two submedian denticles
being largest. The fingers, with the exception of their tips, are black as in the
variety melanodactylus, De Haan, but at the same time the lower and outer surface of
the larger hand is often granulated, whereas according to Miers it is usually smooth in
this variety.

Dlstnbulion. Red Sea, Rodriguez, Malay Archipelago, Samoa, New Caledonia, Tahiti,
Fijis.

Genus Mbnippe, De Haan.

75. Menippe Rumphii (Fabr.).

M. Kmiiphii (Kabr.), De Man, Mcrgui Crust, p. 36 (1887), vii synon.

{ — Pseudocarcinus Belangeri, Milne-Edw.).

Ivameswaram, an adult male; Tuticorin, two males {Thurston); Ceylon {Raly) ;
Madras, an adult male {Day). Not uncommon at Madras and elsewhere on the Coro-
mandel coast {J. R. H.).

In the Rameswaram specimen the carapace is 51 mm. long and 73 mm. broad, wliile
the larger hand is (50 mm. long, measured along the lower border and including the
immobile finger. The Madras specimen collected by Day has the curved line; with a
forward convexity, which runs across the l)ranchial region of the carapace to the middle
of the gastro-branchial groove, bounded in front by a series of six flattened pustular
elevations.

Bistrihution. Bay of Bengal (Tranquebar, Nicobars, and !Mergui), Malay Archipelago.

Genus Ozius, Milne-Edwards.
IV). Ozius tubeeculosus, Milne-Edw.

O. tuberculosus (Milne-Edw.), A. Mihie-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. .238, pi. xi

'i- 2 (1873).

364 MK. J. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

Ceylon {Haly).

Distrihution. Mauritius, Nicobars, Mergui, New Caledonia.

Genus Epixanthus, Heller.

77. Epixanthus frontalis (Milne-Edw.).

E. frontalis (Milne-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. .241 (187.3).

Ceylon, an adult male {Nevill) ; Nicobars, tbree specimens {Day).

The Ceylon male is 22*5 mm. long and 38 mm. broad; a female with ova from the
Nicobars is 13 mm. long and 21 mm. broad. The right chelipede is greatly enlarged in
the male, and a wide hiatus appears between the iingers ; the fingers of the left chelipede
are slender, incurved, and in contact throughout their length.

Distribution. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan and New Caledonia.

78. Epixanthus dentatus (White).

Panopaus dentatvs (White), Adams & White, ' Samarang ' Crust, p. 41, jil. xi. iig. 1 (1848).
Epixanthus dentatus (White), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 233 (1880).
( = £". dilatatus, De Man, Panopaus acutidens, Hasw.).

Nicobars, an adult female {Day).

The carapace is 27 mm. long and 47 mm. broad, slightly broader proportionately
than in either of White's types, but this is perhaps a sexual characteristic. The cheli-
pedes, legs, and marginal parts of the carapace are slightly hirsute, while the hairs
appear to have been rubbed off in the types. Purplish reticulating lines are present on
the surface of the carapace.

Distribution. Mergui, Philippines, Java, N. Australia.

Genus Actumnus, Dana.

79. Actumnus setipeb, (De Haan).

A. setifer (De Haan), A. Milne-Edv ards, Nonv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. i. p. 287, pi. xviii. fig. ^
(1865) ; Miers, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 225 (1884).

{=A. tomentosus, Dana).

Muttuwartu Par, a young male {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, three young specimens

{Oates).

Distribution. Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, Japan, N., N.E., and W. Australia, New
Caledonia, New Hebrides, Tahiti, Pijis.

80. Actumnus vekkucosus, n. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 15, 16.)
Tuticorin, a series of both sexes ; Muttuwartu Par ( Thurston).

The carapace is very convex, covered with a short brown pubescence, and provided
with a series of remarkable granulated lobes. The frontal margin is granulated and
four-lobed, the rounded prominent submedian lobes separated by a narrow median fissure,
the outer lobes of small size. The antcro-lateral margin has four prominent, subequal,
granulated or subspinose lobes, while the postero-lateral margin is smooth and deeply

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 3().">

excavated ; the upjier orbital margin is granulated and has tAvo well-marked fissures.
The granulated lobes on the carapace are arranged as follows : — on the anterior gastric
region, behind the front, two pairs, of which the posterior is much larger; on the
posterior gastric region three lobules, one median and anterior, two posterior ; on each
protogastric or lateral gastiic region a peculiar Vl/ -shaped lobule ; on the cardiac region
two lobules which are slightly excavated in the centre ; on the branchial region three
lobules, anterior, postero-external (which is th(> largest of the three), and a postero-internal
one placed external to and between the posterior gastric and cardiac lobules.

The right chelipede is slightly larger than the left in both sexes; both are clothed
with a short pubescence on the outer surface of the carpus and band, except towards the
base of the immobile finger. The carpus is sparingly tuberculate externally, with a
sulcus running parallel to the articulation with the hand, and separated from the latter by
a tuberculated strip ; the outer surface of tlie hand is strongly tuberculate, the tubercles
with more or less acute apices, rather closely crowded and without any definite arrange-
ment. The fingers are short, with white and obtuse tips, and the immobile one is placed
in a straight line with the lower border of the hand ; the dactylus is tubercixlatcd
superiorly on its proximal half, and a prominent tooth is present on cither finger. The
ambulatory legs are simply pubescent. The abdomen is smooth and seven-jointed in
both sexes. The external maxillipedes are smooth, Avith a faint impressed line in the
middle of the proximal two-thirds of the ischium. The basal joint of the antenna!
peduncle is joined to the sul)frontal process, and the terminal joints lie in the orbital
hiatus.

The largest specimen (a male) has the carapace 18"o mm. long and 'lo-li mm. broad,
the lower margin of the hand and immobile finger 18 mm., mobile finger 9"7 mm., height
of hand 11-5 mm. There is great disparity shown in the size of adult females (cariying
ova) from the same locality — the largest is 18 mm. long and 25 mm. broad, Avhile the
smallest is 9 mm. Ions; and 11'5 mm. broad.

This well-marked species in general appearance comes nearest to A. (jlohidns, Ileller.
from the Bed Sea and Zanzibar, l)ut the latter has the carapace differently lobulated
and the antero-lateral margin with only three projections.

Genus Pilumxus, Leach.

81. PiLUMNUS VESPKRTILIO (Eabr.).

P. vespi-rtilio (Fahr. ), Micrs, Ann. ,M:if;. Xat. Hist. scr. 5, vol. v. p. 234 (1880), ubi synon.

(= /'. iirsii/iis, Adams & "White, P. mus, Dana).

KamesAvaram and Tuticorin. uian\ specimens (T/i/trstoii); Ceylon {Raly); Rames-
Avaram, very common on the reef and between tide-marks (J. li. JI.).

Distribution. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, Australia, and the Pacific.

82. PiLUMNUS LABYRINTHICUS, Micrs.

p. laht/rinthicus, Miers, ■ Alcit ' Crust, p. 224, pi. xxii. fig. C (1884).
Rameswaram, a single specimen (J. R. II.).

SECONM) SIJIUKS. — ZOOLOGY. A'OL. V. 53

360 MK. J. K. HENDEliSON— A CONTRIBUTION

This specimen, though probalily young (carapace 4 mm. long and 5 mm. broad), shows
the very characteristic markings or lines on its dorsal surface, which hear some resem-
blance to a face.

Distribution. N. Australia, Singapore.

Genus Trapezia, Latr.

83. Trapezia Ctmodoce (Herbst).

T. Cijmodocc (Herbst), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 409 (18/8), ubi symn.
{=T. dentifrons, Latr., T. hirfipes, Jacq. & Lucas, T. ccerulea, Heller, T. dentata, A. Milne-Edw.).

Rameswaram, Tuticorin, and MuttuAA^artu Par; many specimens {Thurston). Very
common on the reef at E^ameswaram {J. B. S.).

Distribution. Red Sea, Mascarenes, Malay Archipelago, N. Australia, Pacific.

84. Trapezia rufopunctata (Herbst).

T. rufopunctata (Herbst), De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 318, Taf. xiii. fig. 1 (1888).
Tuticorin, a female with ova {Thurston) ; Ceylon {Raly).
Distribution. Malay Archipelago, Pacific.

85. Trapezia maculata (MacLeay).

T. muculata (MacLeay), Dana, Crust. U.S. Esplor. Expecl. vol. i. p. 250, pi. xv. tig. 4 (1852) ;
De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 319, Taf. xiii. fig. 2 (1888).

f = y T. (juttata, Riippell) .

Ceylon {Mali/).

This species is closely allied to the last, but their distinctive features have been
recently pointed out by Dr. De Man, in his Report on the Crustacea collected by
Dr. Brock in the Malay Archipelago. Both species are probably widely distributed,
but it is impossible, owing to the confusion that formerly existed, to determine which
form is referred to in connexion with many of the recorded localities.

Distribution. Red Sea, E. Africa, Amirantes, Mauritius, Rodriguez.

86. Trapezia areolata, Dana.

T. nreoluta, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Expcd. vol. i. p. 259, pi. xv. fig. 8 (1852); De Man, Brock's
Crust, p. 317 (1888).
Ceylon {Halt/).
Distribution. Malay Archipelago, Now Caledonia, Tahiti.

Genus Tetralia, Dana.

87. Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst).

T. ylaberrima (Herbst), De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 321 (1888).

(=7'. armata, Dana, T. cavimana, Heller, r T. heterodactyla, Heller, T. nii/rifroHn, Dana).

TO INDIAN CAECIXOLOaY, 367

Tuticorin, a female; Miittuwartu Par. hvo males {Thurston); Rameswanim, seveml
specimens (/. B. II.).

It is very doubtful whether all the described species of this genus should not l)c re-
ferred to a single variable species. Most of the specimens T have observed had the front
and anterior half of the lateral margin of the carapace edged with l)rown, as in T. n'K/ri-
frons, Dana, and in some the merus of the chelipedes carries the same colour anteriorlv
and distally, while brown spots arc^ ap])arent at the distal end of the meri and propodi of
the ambulatory legs. The pit or IioIIdm, characteristic of T. cacimana, Heller, and
which occurs on the outer proximal surface of the hand, is usually present, but of varvinfj
extent. An adult measured 7'5 mm. long and 7 mm. broad.

Distributwu . Red Sea. Natal, Mascarenes, Malay Arcbiiielago, Australian seas, Pacific.

Genus Eriphia, Latr.

88. Eriphia ljevimana, Latr.

E. Icevimana (Latr.), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 08 (1887).

EamesAvaram and Tuticorin, many specimens [Thurston); Ceylon {Halij, Necill);
Rameswaram, common on the reef and among blocks of dead coral between tide-marks
[J. R. H.).

All the specimens I have exaniiiied belont^- to the tvpical form, none showiii"- auv
trace of granulation or tuberculation on the outer surface of the laro'cr chela, as in the
variety Smithii of MacLeay. A female with ova from Rameswaram is noteworthy on
account of its large size, the carapace measuring 58 mm. in leno-th and 72 mm. in
breadth ; the propodus of the right chela 62 mm., measured along its lower l)order.

Distribution. East Africa and Natal, Mauritius, Malay ArchipeUii>o, China, .Tanan,
N. Australia, Pacific.

Genus Neptunus, De Haan.

89. Neptunus pei.agicus (Linn.).

N. pelayicKs (L.), A. Miluc-Edwards, Noiu . Anii. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. .'520 (I86I).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Ceylon {Uabj); Rombay, Sind, Malabar, Akyab {Day). Very
common on the S. Indian coast {J. B. H.).

Disfribittion. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to the Pacific.

90. Neptunls GL.vjjiATOK (Eabr.j.

N. yludiator (Fabr.), A. Mihic-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. .Mus. Hist. Nat. t. .\. p. 3;J0 (18(il).

Rameswaram {Thurston); Gulf of Martaban {Gates); Ceylon {Ilaly). Common at
Madras {J. B. U.).

A male from Rameswaram measures 26 mm. long and 48 mm. broad (including the
lateral spines).

Distribution. Erom India to Japan and N. Australia.

53*

3(18 MR. J. n. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

91. Nepttjnus saxguinolentus (Hei'bst).

N. sanguinolentus (Herbst), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 319 (1861).
RamesAvaram [Thurston) ; Ceylon {Raly); Sind, Bombay, Madras {Daij). Very com-
mon on tlie S. Indian coast {J. B. HX

Distribution. Mascarenes, Malay Archipelago, Japan, Australia, Sandwich Islands.

92. Neptunus argentatus, White.

.V. urpentatMs (White), A. Mihie-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. \. \). •'$32, pi. xxi. fig. 4
(1861) ; Miers, -Challenger' Braohyura, p. 177 (1886).

Gulf of Martaban, four specimens ( Oates).

The largest specimen (a female with ova) measures 15 mm. long and 27 mm. broad,
including the lateral spines. This species is characterized by the presence of a silvery
metallic lustre on the ridges of the chelipedes, on tlie transverse ridges of the abdomen,
and elsewhere, still visiljle both in the above recorded spirit specimens and in White's
dried types. It is very closely allied to N. gladiator, of Avhich species Miers regarded it
as constituting a variety, but I am inclined to consider the two as distinct. It is a smaller
species than N. gladiator ; the ridge on the outer surface of the hand is much more pro-
minent, as also are the ridges on the second and third abdominal segments ; while a black
spot is present towards the apex of the swimming dactylus as in N. hastatoides, but
which is not seen in N. gladiator, lliere are also differences in the form of the abdomen
— more particularly of the female — in the two species. The median frontal spines are
scarcely less developed than in some young specimens of N. gladiator, and there is a
rudimentary tooth on tlie supraorbital margin, as in young N. gladiator, but in older
individuals of the latter this becomes a prominent spine.

Distribution. Borneo [White) ; Celebes Sea [3Iiers).

93. Neptunus hastatoides (I'abr.).

N. tiastatoideif (Fahr.), A. Milue-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. .332 (1861).

Gulf of Martalmn, a series including two with Sacculina [Gates). Common at Madras
[J. It. H.).

A female is 20 mm. long and 31 mm. broad, not including the lateral spines. In this
species the posterior angles of the carapace are acute and terminate in spinules — the
character on wliicli Prof. A. Milne-Edwards has founded his subgenus Rellemts. The
lateral spines are longer than in N. gladiator ; the jjosterior gastric granulated elevations
are more pronounced, so as to become almost tubercular ; and the distal half of the
swimming dactylus is dark in colour.

Distribution. From India to Japan and N. Australia.

94. Neptunus Andersoni, De Man.

N. Andersoni, De Mau, Mergui (,'ru.st. ]>. 70, pi. iv. figs. 3, 4 (1887).

Gulf of Martaban, ten specimens ( Gates).

I refer these with some doubt to N. Andersoni, as 1 have not liad an opportunity of

TO INDIAN CAKCINOLOGT. 309

comparino- them with De Man's type ; hut tliey agree on the whole with liis description
and fissures. In all the specimens tlin distance between the external orbital angles is
about equal to the length of tlic carapace, the character on which De Man lays most
stress in distiuguishiug the species from N. hafttatokles. The arms of tlie clielipedes are
variable in length, but scarcely so short, even in females, as represented by De Man.
The characters of the front are not statcid in tlie original description, as the single type-
specimen was injured in this respect ; in tlie Martaban examples the two median frontal
teeth are obtuse and of small size, being less prominent than the lateral teeth, whereas
in N. riKjosns, A. Milne-Edw., with which De Man also compares his species, there is but
a single median tooth. The carapace^ carries seven antero-latcn-al teetli lietween the
external orbital angle and the long lateral spine, and these teeth, especially the anterior
ones, arc usually shorter and more obtuse than represented in De Man's figure. The
postero-lateral angles of the carapace terminate in a somewhat obtuse tooth, Avhereas
De Man describes it as a spinule. I have some doubt whether the specimens are not
x'eferable to a stunted variety of N. hastatokles, for, on examining a large series of the
latter, I find variation in the direction of the characters assigned to N. Andersoni ; the
characteristic black spot is, however, absent from the swimming dactylus.

The largest specimen — a female with ova — has the carapace only 9 mm. long and
14 mm. broad, not including the lateral spines.

T>isfrihntion. Mergui (J)e J/i^v/).

95. Neptunus tuberculostjs, a. Miln(!-Edw.

N. tuberculosus, A. Mihie-Eclwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 333, p]. xxxi. fig. 5 (1861).
.V. Bruckii, DeMaii, Brock's Crust, p. .328, Taf. xiii. fi?. -i (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, four specimens {Outes).

De Man, when describing N. Brockii, stated that it might possibly ])rove to be identical
with A^ /iibfrculosiis, and the above s])ecimens certainly tend to confirm this opinion.
There can be no doubt, I think, that they are identical with the species so well described
and figured by De Man. At the same time the median froiital projections are slightly
larger than shown in his figure, and they ])roject as far forwards as the contiguous pair,
as in N. litberculosvs ; while, as regards tlie lateral spines of the carapace, the second,
fourtli, and sixtli are smaller than tlie others, an arrangement which is indicated in the
figures of both writers. In the largest s])ecimen the hand is almost as described by
De Man, though a rudimentary spine can be made out over the base of the mobile finger ;
in a younger specimen, a second small spine is seen near the articulation Avith the carpus
and on the outer surface, as described by A. Milne-Edwards, and his descri])tion was
evidently taken from a young individual. I thus imagine the two species are identical.
In all probability we have to deal with a species in which certain spines, present in the
young, diminish in size or altogetlujr disappear in the adult.

The carapace of the largest specimen (a female) is 12"5 mm. long and 'I'l mni. l)road,
including the lateral spines ; it has a swelling on the left side, evidently due to the
presence of a Bopyrid.

3V0 MR. J. R. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBrTION

Distribution. Sandwich Is. {A. Milne-Edwards); Ai-u Is. (Miers) ; Amboina (De

Man).

96. Neptunus armatus, A. Milne-Eclw.

N. armatus, A. Mihic-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. '?,2'2, i)l. xxxiii. fig-. 2 (1861).

RamesAvaram, tive specimens [J. R. S.).

The types of this species are preserved in the British Museum. The surface of the
carapace is finely granulated, and the lateral spines are strongly develojied, though some-
what shorter in my specimens than in the types. The outer surface of the carpus and
propodus of the chelipedes carries a series of finely granulated ridges, with the inter-
vening surface smooth; two fainter ridges are seen on the 'inner surface of the propodus.
The fingers, with the exception of their tips, are dark in colour, and there is a well-
defined black spot on the inner sm-face of the palm near the insertion of the dactylus ;
the first tooth of the dactylus, as in so me other Portunids, is enormously developed.

The carapace of the largest specimen is 17 mm. long and 30'5 mm. broad, not in-
cluding the lateral spines, which are each about 5 mm. long. A. Milne-Edwards gives
the length as 13 mm. and tlie breadt h as 50 mm., but reference to the types and to his
figure shows that there is some mistake, probably in the length noted.

Distribution. West Australia {A. Jfilne-Edtvords).

97. Neptunus Sieboldi, A. Milne-Edw.

N. Sieboldi, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. :i2:i, pi. xxxv. tig. o (1861).

Muttuwartu Par, a male (Tlmrstou).

This species may be recognized by its four similar, subobtuse frontal projections, the
short lateral spines of the carapace, the ixuarmed hinder margin of the merus of the
chelipedes, and the strongly ridged hand, the ridges being seen even on the inner surface.
In the Muttuwartu specimen, the median notch or fissure of the front is deeper and
narrower than the one on either side, whereas in A. Milne-Edwards's figure thev are
equally deep and narrow.

The carapace is 12 mm. long and 18 mm. broad.

Distribution. Mauritius {A. Milne-Edwards, Miers).

Genus Xiphonectes, A. Milne-Edw.

98. Xiphonectes longispinosus (Dana).

X. longispinosus (Dana), Miers, 'Challenger' Brachyura, p. 183 (1886), ubi synon.
( = A'. kptocheles, A. Milne-Edw.; Amphitrite vigilam, Dana).

Gulf of Martaban, a male and a female {Gates).

The genus founded for the reception of this variable species comes very near to
Neptunus, and perhaps the two should be united. The larger specimen (female) is 67 mm.
long and 9*5 mm. broad.

Distribution. From the Seychelles to the Pacific (New Caledonia, Tongatabu, &c.).

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 371

Genvis Ac 111; LOUS, De Haan.

99. ACHELOUS GRANULATUS (Milne-E(l\v.).

A.granulatus (Milne-Edw.), A. Milue-Eclwanls, Xouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 344 (1861).

Gulf of Martaban, six specimens {Oaf en).

The larg'est male is ]f mm. loug and T.)5 mm. bi-oid. while a female with ova is
somewhat smaller. The same silvery sheen is seen as in Neptumis argentatus, though
much less strongly marked in the present species.

J)istr'ihi(tion. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan and the Pacific (New Cale-
donia. Sandwich Is., Fiji Is.).

100. AcHELOus Whitei, \. Milne-Edw.

A. JVIiitci, A. ]\Iihie-E(l wards, Nouv. Aivh. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. :513, pi. xxxi. ti-;. G (1861).

( =? Neptioiiis i/raci/imanux, Stm .) .

Gulf of Martaban, seven specimens (Oa/r.s). Common at Madras {J. R. U.).

This species may be recognized at once l)y its remarkable chelipedes, the merus of
which is long and very broad, while the more distal joints, and especially the fingers, are
extremely slender; the fingers also are aentc and slightly upturned. Neptiums gracili-
manns, Stimpson, is probably identical -with A. Whitei ; tlie description of the former
agrees with that of the present species, and the posterior lateral spine is distinctly longer
than those in front of it, especially in young individuals, which gives the species almost
the apjiearance of a Neptmms. Indeed, it shows that Neptunus and Achelous can scarcely
be separated, thougli it is perha[)s convenient to retain the latter term for tliose forms
in -which the lateral spines are greatly reduced.

The largest specimen (a female) is 19 mm. long and 30 mm. broad, not including the
lateral spines ; the merus of the left chelipede is 17"5 mm. long and 8 mm. broad ; tlie
carpus and propodus 30 mm. long, and the greatest breadth or height of tlie hand 4 mm.

Disfribiirioii. Borneo {A. 3Iilne-E(hr(it'(l.s); south of New Guinea (Jfiers).

101. AciiKi.ous OKBICULARIS, Eichtcrs.

A. urb'iculuris, Richters, BeitrJigc zur Alccrcsliuiua dt:r Iiisel Mauritius and der Seychellen, p. 153,
Taf. \vi. tigs. 11, 1.5 (1880).

Gulf of Martaban, tAvo males (Oales).

The carapace is narrow, smooth, and depressed, with the nine antero-lateral teeth
subequal in size, or even diminisliing slightly on passing backwards ; tlie jjostero-lateral
margin is almost straight and without any concavity. The front is six-toothed, and the
median teeth minute. The merus of the chelipedes is enlarged, angulated externally,
and with two spines on the posterior margin.

In the larger specimen the carapace is 8'5 inui. long and 10"5 mm. broad ; the distance
between the external orbital angles is 7"C mm.

JJistrlljiidon. Seychelles {Richters).

372 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTETBTJTION

Genns Sctlla, De Haan.

102. Sctlla serrata (Foiskal).

S. serrata (Forsk.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 349 (1861).
Calcutta (Daij) ; Ceylon {Eahj). Abundant in the S. Indian backwaters {J. B. R.).
This is the chief edible crab of India.

Distribution. From the Red Sea, E. and S. Africa, to Japan, the Fiji Is., and New-
Zealand.

Genus Thalamita, Latrcille.

103. Thalamita prymna (Herbst).

T. prymna (Herbst), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 75, pi. iv. figs. 5, 6 (1887).

Rameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston). Rameswaram, common between tide-marks ;
Madras {J. B. E.).

These belong to the typical form of the species as characterized by De Man. The
carapace is smooth, with the exception of the lirst transverse line, placed behind the
orbital margin, which usually carries a fringe of hau's ; the natatory legs are also pro-
vided with a short marginal fringe. The ridge on the basal joint of the antennal
peduncle has two or more spinules, the first of which is well-developed, acute, and
usually with traces of a compound origin.

A male from Rameswaram has the carapace M mm. long and 62 mm. broad, the
right hand 52 mm. long. A female from Tuticorin is 32 mm. long and 15 mm. broad,
the right hand 32 mm. long.

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Mergui, Malay Archipelago, Japan, Australia, New
Caledonia.

104. Thalamita Admete (Herbst).

T. Admete (Herbst), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 35« (1861).

Rameswaram {Tlmrstou, J. B. II.) ; Gulf of Martaban (Gates).

The carapace is only sHghtly pubescent, and the clielipedes are devoid of granules.
The outer surface of the hand is glabrous, and only carries faint raised lines, the usual
spines being present on the upper surface.

A female with ova is 10 mm. long and 15 mm. broad.

Distribution. From the Red Sea and Natal to Ousima Is., the Fijis, and the SandAvich
Islands.

105. Thalamita Savignyi, A. Milne-Edw. ,
T. Savignyi, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 357 (1861).
Tuticorin, many specimens {Thurston) ; Rameswaram {J. B. E.).

This species only differs from T. Admete in having the carapace more strongly granu-
lated, as well as the chelipedes, the hand being provided with several longitudinal
granulated lines on its outer surface, and granules are scattered over the intervening

TO TXDIAX CAECINOLOGY. 373

areas, especially on llio upper surface. There is a good deal to be said in favour of
Miers's view, that it is probably only a variety of T. Admete, to which species it was
originally referred by Audouin ; the amount of granulation certainly varies considerably
in a series of specimens.

The largest male is 12-5 mm. long and T.) mm. broad, and the largest female is nearly
the same size ; but some females with ova are of much smaller size, a disparity which
has been noted by "De Man.

Bistribution. Red Sea {Savigvy, Miers), Mergui {De Man), N.W. Australia {3Iiers),
New Caledonia [A. Miliic-Ediixirdu).

106. TiiALAMiTA siMA, Milne-Edw.

T. sima (Milne-Edw.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. ;3d9 (1801).

( = 7'. arcixiti/s, Do Haan).

Tuticorin, two females with ova [Thurston).

I refer these specimens with some hesitation to T. sima, and possibly they belong to
a distinct and undescribed species. The first three antero-lateral teeth are very broad
basally, and merely separated by narrow fissures, with their apices subacute, whereas in
the typical T. sima, as figured by De Haan, these teeth are more prominent and acute,
with wider intervening fissures. The carapace is finely granulated and the elevated
lines rather poorly marked ; the front is regularly arcuate, wdth the median notcli
scarcely represented. The outer surface of the hand is almost smooth. In T. Chaptali,
Aud., which is recorded by Miers from Ceylon ('Alert' Crust, p. 231), and in which the
antero-lateral teeth are also obtuse, the last tooth, unlike what is seen in ovtr specimens
and in the typical form, is slightly smaller than the preceding tooth.

The larger specimen is 10 mm. long and 14-5 mm. broad.

Distribution. Malay Archipelago, China, Japan, New Caledonia, Australia, and New
Zealand.

107. TuALAMiTA INTEGRA, Dana.

r. Integra, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. E.xpcd. pt. I, p. 281, pi. xvii. fi-i. (> (185.2) ; A. -Milue-Edwards
Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. ;558 (1801).

Tuticorin [Thurstoii) ; Rameswaram, not uncommon {J.Ii.U.); Gulf of Martaban
(Oates).

In this species a characteristic dark band encircles the fingers near their apices, but
the apices themselves are white.

Distrihution. E. Africa, Malay Archipelago, and the Pacific (Fiji, Sandwich Is.,
&c.). The var. africana of Miers occurs in the Atlantic area (Senegambia and
Canaries).

108. TuALAMiTA sp:xlobata, Miers.

T. se.vhbuta, Miers, 'Challenger' Brachyura, p. 1!)0, pi. xvi. fig. 2 (1886).
Tuticorin, a male [Thurston).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 51-

374 ME. J. K. UENDERSON — A CONTEIBUTIOX

This species is distiuguished by its six-lobed front and by its very minute fourth
antero-lateral spine. The chelipedes are crossed by strigose lines, which are specially
noticeable on the upper and distal surface of the merus, the under surface of the
propodus, and which are even seen on the inner surface of the latter joint ; similar
pubescent lines are also met with running longitudinally on the ambulatory legs. The
sternal region, anteriorly and at the sides, is seen with a lens to be very finely
granulated. In Miers's figure the last antero-lateral spine is more prominent than in my
specimen, the fingers are longer in relation to the palm, and of the two spines on the
upper margin of the palm the posterior one is much larger than th(> anterior, while
in the Tuticoriu example it is only slightly larger. These differences are, however,
probably not of much importance.

The carapace is 8 mm. long and 10-5 mm. broad.

Distribution. Tongatabu, IS fathoms (Miers).

Genus Goxiosoma, A. Milne-Edwards.

109. GoNiosoMA CRUCiiERUM (Fabr.).

G. cruciferum (Fabr.), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 79, pi. v. fig. 1 (1887).

Tuticorin {Thurston) ; Ceylon (Sahj) ; Akyab (Dai/) ; Madras, not uncommon
(J. B. E.).

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Malay Archipelago, China, Japan, E. Australia.

110. GoNiosoMA AFFiNE (Dana).

G. affine (Dana), De Man, Mergui Qmai. p. 80, pi. v. fig. 2 (1887).
Madras, three adult males and one female {J. B. II.).

The carapace of a male is 33 mm. long and 47 mm. broad, not including the lateral
spines.

Distribution. Singapore (Dana) ; Mergui {De Man).

111. GONIOSOMA NATATOR (Ilerbst).

G. natator (Herbst), De Man, Brock's (^rust. p. 334, Taf. xiii.fig. 5 (1888).

[=(']iarybdis (jranidatus, De Haan).

Rameswaram, three males ( Thurston) ; Ceylon {Ealy) ; Madras {J. B. R.).
A Eameswaram specimen is 58 mm. long and 87 mm. broad ; the right hand measured
alono- its lower border 76 mm.

Distribution. Natal, Mascarenes, .Malay Archipelago, China, Japan.

112. GoNiosoMA LUCiFERUM (Fabr.).

G. luciferum (Fabr.), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 83, footnote (1887).

( = G. quadrimactilatum, A. Milne-Edw.).
Ceylon {Ilaly).
Distribution. Malabar; Jhwl [A. Milne-Mwards).

TO INDIA \ CARCINOLOGY. 375

113. GoNiosoMA ANNTJLATUM (Fabr.).

G. annulatnm (Fabr.), A. Mihie-Echvards, Nouv. Arcli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 371 (1861).

( = G. orUntale, Heller) .

Kameswaram and Tuticorin (T/mrstoii) ; Madras (J. B. R.).

In all the specimens violet rings arc present on the legs. Miers regarded G. se.vdeii-
tatiim, (lUipp.) as scareely distinet from this species, and, according to De Man, G. annn-
lahim is itself perhaps merely a younger state of G. luci/erum ; but the size of a
Rameswaram specimen scarcely confirms this, for tlic carapace is 54 mm. long and
77 mm. broad, the left hand GO mm. aloiii;' its lower border. There can be little doubt,
however, that a revision of the genus Goiiiofsonia, foimded on the examination of a large
series of specimens from different localiti(>s, would result in the union of several of the
species as at present constituted.

Distribution . From Madagascar to the Malay Archipelago.

114. GoNiosoMA Helleeii, a. Milne-Edw.

G. Helkrii, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Entom. France, t. vii. p. 282 (1867).
G. merguiense, De Man, Mcrgui Crust, p. 82, pi. v. figs. 3, 4 (1887).

Tuticorin {Tlmrstoii) ; Ceylon {Saly) ; Rameswaram {J. B. H.).

These specimens are identical with (r. mergniense, but De Man has recently
pointed out, in his Report on tlie Decapoda collected in the Malay Archipelago by
Dr. 'Brock, that this species is probably identical with G. Helkrii, and the descriptions of
the two certainly agree. G. spiniferwn, Miers, from Queensland, is closely allied, but
difli'ers in having the posterior margin of the penultimate joint of the sAvimraing-feet not
denticulated. G. Ilellerii is distinguished from G. lucifcrum and G. anmiluttim by the
form of the antero-latcral teeth, the last of which is always longer than the others ; the
carpal joints of the swimming-legs have an acute spine on the under surface, and m
adults both the nntero-lateral and the frontal teeth are very acute.

An adult male I'rom Tuticorin is 3S mm. long and 52 mm. broad, the right hand
48 mm. long.

Distribution. New C'alodonia {A. MiJnc-L'dwards); Mergui, Amboina (Dc 3Ian).

115. GONIOSOJIA ERYTHRODACTYLUM (Laui.j.

G. fnjthroddchjlum (Lain.), A. Milue-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 369 (1861).

Ceylon [Haly).

Distribidioii. Red Sea {De Man) ; Marquesas Islands and Moluccas {A. Milne
Edwards).

IIG. GoNiosoMA ORiKNTALK (Dana).

CImrijbdis orientalis, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Kxpcd. [it. 1, p. 285, pi. xvii. tig. 10 (1852).
G. oriciitale (Dana), A. Miluc-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. 383 (1861).

{=(!. diibium, Hoffmann).

Tviticorin. six specimens [Thvrslon) ; Ceylon (Hdli/).

54*

376 ME. 3. E. HENDEESON— A CO^■TEIBUTION

This species does not appear to l)e commou ; in fact Prof. A. Milne-Edwards had not
met with specimens when he wrote his Revision of the Portunidae. It is distinguished
hy the rudimentary state of the second lateral spine of the carapace, which is very
minute, and appears as if merely a portion of the first spine; the remaining antero-
lateral spines are practically subeqaal. The median and submedian frontal teeth are
obtusely rounded and subequal, while the two outermost teetli on each side are more or
less triangular. The merus of the chelipedes carries two or three spines on its anterior
margin, v/hile the posterior margin is unarmed ; the carpus lias a large spine on its
upper surface, and three spinules on the outer surface ; the hand has three finely-
granulated ridges on its outer surface, two spines on the upper margin, and two on the
outer surface, one of the latter placed at the articulation with the carpus. The fingers
are slightly ridged externally. The penultimate joint of the swiinming-legs is spinulose
along its posterior margin, and a prominent spine is placed on the posterior margin
near the distal end of the merus.

The largest specimen, a female without eggs, is 11 mm. long and 17 mm. broad,
while a second female, carrying eggs, is considerably smaller.

Distribution. Philippines {Dana); Tvmov {De 3Ian) ; Yiiennion (Ilojf ma ii n) .

117. GoNiosoMA ORisfATUM, A. Milue-Edw.

G. ornatum, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. Mus. Hist. INI at. t. x. p. 370 (1861).

( = Thalaniita truncata, De Haan) .

Madras, not uncommon {J. B. S.).

The carapace of a male is 21 mm. long and 30 mm. broad, the right chelipede 55 mm.
long ; a female with ova is 15 mm. long and 22 mm. broad. Specimens in the British
Museum are considerably larger.

Distribution. Malay Archipelago ; Japan.

118. GONIOSOMA VAKIEGATUM (Pabr.).

G. variegatum (Fabr.), Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 232 (1884).

Madras, very common {J. B. U.) ; Bombay {Dmj) ; Kurachi {Brit. JIus.).

In this species, and in the form which I term var. callianassa, the frontal teeth are
more or less obtusely rounded in the adult, the last lateral spine of the carapace is
about twice the length of the preceding spines, the hands are somewhat swollen, and the
carapace is ])ubescent. De Haan seems to liave regarded the two forms as belonging to
distinct species ; on the other hand, A. Milne-Edwards probably united both in his
G. callianassa. In what I regard as the typical form, the median frontal ^ii'ojections
are very obtusely rounded, the surface of the carapace is finely punctate when the hairs
are removed, and the transverse ridges are only moderately developed, there being none
on the branchial area, and they are only faintly seen on the cardiac area. The merus
of the chelipedes has usually two spines on its anterior margin, and there are also two
sjnnes on the upper surface of tlie hand; the ridges on the outer surface of the hand are
smooth, while on the inner surface they are almost obsolete ; the under surface of the

TO INDIAA' CAliCmOLOGY. 377

hand is pei't'ectly siuootli aucl glabrous. Tlie posterior surface of the three pairs of
ambulatory legs is smooth. Tlie peuultiuiate segment of the male abdomen is not
specially dilated. A SaccuUiia is frequently attached to the abdomen, and Portaiticepon
Heiidersouu, Giard and Bonnier, occurs in the l)ranchial chamber.

G. A-.VRIEGATUM, var. CALLIAXASSA (Herl)st).

In the specimens which I refer to tliis variety, which also is common at l^^adras,
the median frontal projections are less rounded, and the transverse ridges of the carapace
are more strongly developed, especially two on the cardiac area, and there are two
parallel lines on the branchial area. Tiui merus of the chelipedes has usually three
spines on the anterior margin ; there are four spines on the upper surface of the hand,
and strongly granulated ridges on both the inner and the outer surfaces of the hand.
The whole surface of the chelipedes is more or less strigose, but more particularly the
under surface of the liand. Longitudinal pubescent lines are met with on the posterior
surface of the ambulatory legs. The penultimate joint of the male abdomen is so dilated
as almost to form part of a circle in outline. The specimens are almost certainly
identical with that figured by Herbst (Naturgesch. Krabben u. Krebse, pi. liv. fig. 7) as
Cancer caUianassa ; at the same time they are probably the same as that figured by
De Haan as PoHunus {CJiarybdis) variegatns, Eabr. (Crust. Japon, tab. i. fig. 2).

I have examined a large series of both forms from Madras, and as a rule any specimen
can be determined at once by the characters I have enumerated for each variety.
I have met Avith a few specimens, however, in connexion with which some diificulty
is experienced, and in Avliich there appears to be an admixture of the two sets of
characters.

The var. bimacidutum, Miers, taken by the ' Challenger ' at Japan, is, I think, perhaps
a distinct species ; its fi'ontal teeth are quite different in form and very obtuse ; if it is
really a variety of G. carienatiini,, there is an extraordinary range of variation in this
species.

Bistrihutioii. Malay Archipelago, China, Japan, N. Australia. (It is impossible to
say whicli variety is referred to in regard to the localities assigned 1o this species.)

11!). GOXIOSOMA ROSTRATUM, A. Miliic-Edw.

(r. rostral inn, A. Mihie-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. .Mas. Hist. Nat. t. x. p. ;37!), pi. xxw. fig. .'i (1861).

Sunderbunds and Calcutta, several specimens {Day); Gulf of Martabau, eight
specimens {Gales).

This species is distinguished by the general form of its front, and especially by tlie
great prominence of the median frontal teeth, which are obtusely rounded. In all the
above-recorded specimens the last lateral spine of the carapace is considerably larger
than those preceding it; but, judging Irom a larger and apparently full-grown specimen
from the Hoogly, in tlie British Museum, this s])ine diminishes witli age, for in this
example it is scarcely larger than those in front of it.

378 ME. J. E. HEXDEESON— A CONTEIBrTIOX

The largest specimen is a female with a Bopyiid in its right hranchial chamher ;
it measures 17 mm. in length and 20 mm. in breadth, including the lateral spines.

G. rostratu7n is also closely allied to G. variegatmn, of "which it may possibly prove to
be a variety. The only important difference lies in the character of the front, and I
have observed specimens of the latter species in which the median projections were more
prominent than the others.

Distribution. Mouth of the Ganges {A. Milne- Edwards).

Genus LrPOCXCLUS, Adams & White.

120. LuPOCYCLUS iN^QUALis (Walker).

Goniosoiua iruequale, Walker, Jouni. Linn. Soc, Zool. vol. xx. p. 110, pi. viii. fig. 1 (1887).

Gulf of Martaban, a male and a female (Oates).

The carapace is armed with nine lateral spines, of which the fourth, sixth, and
eighth are rudimentary, especially the eighth, which is very minute, and the second is
smaller than the third, i. rotvndatvs, Adams & White, has five lateral teeth, with a
single minute one alternating in each interspace, but the carapace is more convex, pro-
portionately narrower, and with a more prominent front. I am unable to say how
Z. pMlippinensis, Nauck, differs, as this species has only been very shortly and imper-
fectly characterized.

I think there can be little doul)t that the above specimens are referable to Walker's
species ; at the same time, it ought to be placed in the genus Lupocyclus, on account of
its general form, its peculiar front, and the basal autennal joint freely movable in the
orbital hiatus.

The larger specimen, a female, is 12 mm. long and 15 mm. wide.

Distrihution. Singapore {Walker).

Genus Lissocakcinus, Adams & White.

121. Lissocakcinus polybioides, Adams & White.

L. jwlybioides, Adams & White, ' Samarang ' Crust, p. 46, pi. xi. fig. 5 (1848).

Gulf of Martaban, a female (Oates).

This species is distinguished from L. Icevis, Miers, by its flatter carapace, more
promment front, the lateral teeth, which gradually diminish in size on passing backwards,
and a line runs in from the last lateral tooth on to the surface of the branchial region.

The carapace is 7' 2 mm. long and 7 mm. broad.

BistriUdion. Bovneo {Adams 8f White); Cejlon {Miers) ; Fovt Jackson {Hasioell).

122. Lissocakcinus l^vis, Miers.

L. ItBvis, Miers, 'Challenger' Bracliyura, p. 205, pi. xvii. fig. 3 (1886).

Tuticorin, a female with ova {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, a single young specimen

{Oate.^).

In this species the front is broad and not specially prominent. The first and fifth

TO IXDI.W rARCIXOLOGY. 379

antero-lateral teeth are small, while the second, third, and fourth are larger and subequal.
The hand is without spines.

The cara|)ace of the Tuticorin example is 11 mm. long and 13-5 mm. broad.

Distrlhution. Celel)es Sea, 10 fathoms {Jfiers).

Genus Kiiatjssia, Dana.

123. Kraussia nitida, Stimpson. (PI. XXXVII. tig. 9.)

K.mtifia, Stimpson, Proc. Aoad. Nat. Sfi. Pliilatl. Mar. 1858, p. 10; Micrs, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 235

(1884).

Tuticorin, a female [Tknr.slo//,) ; Madras coast (J. B. H.).

The front is quadrilobed, with the median slightly smaller than the outer lobes, aud
the margin of all finely crenulated and IViiigcd with long brown hairs. A median and
two lateral fissm-es on each side of tiie IVont are present, which, though obsolete,
extend some distance back on the carapace, and the most external arises from the
upper orbital margin. The carapace is minutely granulated anteriorly and towards
the sideJ. The lateral margin is crenulated, with a slight tootli about one third of the
distance back, and immediately in front of this the margin is slightly indented. The
hands are finely granulated externally, and long hairs are present on the legs and on
the meral joints of the chelipedes.

The Tuticorin specimen is 13"7 rain, long and 15 mm. broad.

Distnhiitlon. Chinese and Japanese Seas, on a sandy bottom at a depth of 20-24.
fathoms {Stimpson); Torres Straits (Jliers).

Group Catomktopa.

Genus Hetekoplax, Stimpson.
12 1-. Hetekoplax nitidtjs, Miers.

//. nitidus, Miers, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 31), pi. ii. fig, :l.

Gulf of Martaban, a male {Gates) ; Madras coast, several specimens, including females
with ova (.7. 11. R.).

1 have compared these with the type-specimen in the British ^Museum, and can find
no difference except that the Indian specimens are somewhat smaller.

Dlstrilndlon. Corean Straits, 10 fathoms {Miers).

Genus Scalopidia, Stimpson.
125. Scalopidia spinosipes, Stimpson.

^'. spinosipes, Stimpson, Proc. Acail. Nat Sci. Pliiiad., April 1858, p. 95.

Gulf of ^lartaban, an adult female {Outes).

I have compared this with typical specimens from Ilong Kong, named l)y Stimpson,
and presented to the liritisli 3luseum l)y the Smithsonian Institution. The carapace is
granulated aud punctate, with an acute spinule at the posterior limit of the sharply

380 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

defined autero-lateral margin. The hands are glabrous externally and sparingly
punctate ; curved spinules are present on the margins of the ambulatory legs.

The carapace is 11 mm. long and 15 mm. broad ; the third ambulatory leg is 33 mm.
long.

The genus Sypojihthalmtis, Eichters (in Lenz and Eichters' ' Beitrag zur Krustaceen-
fauna von Madagascar '), is, as pointed out by Miers, synonymous with Sc((lopidia ,
and the H. leucochirifs, Eichters, apparently difiers but little from Stimpson's species.

Distribution. Hong Kong, 5 fathoms (Stimpson).

Genus Cardisoma, Latr.

126. Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst).

C. carnifex (Herbst), De Man, Max Weber's Crust, p. 285 (1891).

{=C. f/ri;?7te', Miliie-Edw.).

Tuticorin {Thurston) ; Ceylon {Holy). A very common species found burrowing near
the margins of the S. Indian backwaters {J. R. B.).

Distribution. From E. Africa to the Pacific (Samoa, Fijis, Sandwich Is., &c.).

Genus Telphusa, Latr.

127. Telphusa indica, Latr.

T. indica (Latr.), Milne-Echvards, Crust, in Jacquemont's ' ^'oyage dans I'lnde,' p. 7, pi. ii. tig, 1
(1844); A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. v. p. 184 (1869).
T. cunicularis, Westwood, Trans. Eut. Soc. vol. i. p. 183, pi. six. fig. 1 (1836).

Very common in hill-streams at Ivotagiri and elsewhere on the Tsilgiri Hills, at an
elevation of about 6000 feet {J. li. E.).

I sent a specimen to Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, who kindly informed me that it was
referable to T. ivdica, the types of which are preserved in the Paris Natural History
Museum ; it is also identical with T. ciinimdaris, examples of which from Dukhan,
Western Ghats, are in the collection of the British Museum.

The postfrontal ridge is strongly marked and continuous, being well marked even
behind the inner canthus of the eye, and only interrupted by the mesogastric furrow ;
the cervical groove is also Avell defined. The carpal spine of the chelipedes is acute.
The ischial line on the outer surface of the external maxillipedcs is absent or faintly
defined, and not prolonged to each end of the joint. The penultimate segment of the
male abdomen has the lateral margins straight. The colour is a dark, almost black
brown, paler in the young.

The carapace of a female is 35 mm. long and 50 mm. broad ; of a male, 34 mm. long
and 49 "5 mm. broad.

Distribution. India: Western Ghats (Poona, &c.) ; South-east Berar ; Chota Nagpur ;
Eanigunj ; Parisnath Hill, at an elevation of 3000 feet ; Morar ( Wood-Mason).

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 381

128. Telphusa ltjgubkis, Wood-Mason.

T. lujjiihris, Wood-Masou, Jouni. An. Sloe. Bengal, vol. xl. p. 197, pi. xii. figs. 5-7 (1871).

"Environs of Calenlta." Coll. Schlai;'intweit, two specimens. (They are labelled
T. indica, and more probably came from the Himalayas.) Nepal, an adult female
{Br. J. Scully).

These sj)ecimeDS completely agree with Wood-Mason's excellent description. The
species is closely allied to T. indica, \n\\ may be distinguished as follows: — The post-
frontal ridge is not placed so far back on the carapace as in T. indica, and is some-
what wrinkled and ill-delined behind the inner canthus of the eye. The carpal spine is
blunt. The ischial line on the outer surface of the external raaxillipedes is well marked.
The penultimate segment of the male abdomen has the lateral margins concave. The
ridge connecting the epibranchial tooth with the external orbital angle is nearly straight,
whereas in T. indica it is curved. The colour, as in the othei- species, is a very dark
brown, and the epidermis readily peels oH' in T. lu(jubris.

The Nepal specimen has the carapace somewhat more convex than indicated l)y
Wood-Mason, and seen in the other examples, but this is perhaps due to its being au
adult female. It carries a large number of newly-hatched young attached to the
swimmerets under the abdomen.

Distribution. North India : Sikkim, Nepal, and Khasi Hills ( Wood-Mason).

129. Telpuusa Masoniaxa, n. sp. (PI. XXXVII. ligs. 1-4.)

River Jumna, a series; North-AVest Provinces, four males {Day) ; "India," two dried
specimens {Brit. Ilns.).

The carapace is scarcely depressed. The postfrontal ridge is Avell defined towards the
sides, but the epigastric portions are wrinkled, and almost deficient behind the inner
canthus of the eye ; the mesogastric furrow is rather deep and slightly bifurcate
posteriorly. The cervical groove is broad and well defined, not interrupting the post-
frontal ridge ; a very distinct anterior and posterior pair of puucta are present on the
gastric region adjoining the cervical groove. Poth the epibranchial tooth and the
external orbital tooth are strongly develo])cd. The branchial region of the carapace is
swollen dorsally and laterally in its anterior portion, and numerous faint interrupted
crenulated lines rim transversely along the whole margin. The frontal margin is
somewhat concave, and both it and the orbital margin are finely crenulated; the orljits
are remarkably large and slmllow.

The clielipedes are unequal, either the right or left being larger, and they are very
similar to those of T. lugidxris, with the exception that the carpal spine is prominent and
acute. The external maxillipedes, and also the ambulatory legs, are similar to those of
T. luguhris, but the ambulatory dactyli are rather more slender than in AVood-Mason's
species, and the horny spinules with \\ liich they are armed are much less prominent.
The penultimate segment of the male abdomen has the lateral margins concave, as in
T. hujiihris, but the concavity is not apparent in very young iiulividuals.

T. 2Iasoniaiia is allied to T. luf/ubris, but on comparing it with that species the

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. ,j,j

382

am. J. E. HENDERSOX — A CONTRIBUTIOX

following differences can be made out : — The carapace is less flat, and the frontal margin
more concave ; the epibranchial and external orbital teeth are much larger and more
prominent, witli the margin connecting them less oblique ; the postfrontal ridge is
separated by a wider interval from the orbital margin, the orbits are larger and more
open, the carpal spine of the chelipedes is acute and more prominent, and the general
colour is apparently not so dark as in T. lugubris. The carapace is also prop jrtionately
longer when compared with the breadth, as shown by the following table, in which
individuals of both species, of the same sex, and as nearly equal in size as the series
would permit, are compared : —

1. A young Female.

Breadth between epiln-anchial teeth
Length of carapace

2. All adult Male.

Breadth between epibranchial teeth
Length of carapace

T. hujubris.

T. Masoniana,

mm.

mm.

26

26

22

23-7

39

37-7

32-3

34

The largest specimen, a male, is 39*5 mm. long, and the greatest l)readth of the
carapace 52 mm. ; the distance between the epibranchial teeth 45 mm., and between the
external orbital angles 29 mm. ; breadth of front 12 mm.

T. Masoniana is perliaps a representative on the plains of T. liulica, as T. lugubris may
be on the hills. I have associated it with the name of Prof. Wood-Mason of Calcutta.

130. Telphusa Leschenaulti (Milne-Edw.).

T. Leschenaulti (Mihie-Echv.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. v. p. 165, pi. viii.
fig. 3 (18()9).

Ganjam {Day) ; Madras, common in wells and ponds, also met with ijurrowing in rice-
fields and in all the larger compounds {J. R. R.) ; Ceylon {Brit. JIus.).

Tlie carapace and limbs are usually mottled with minute dark brown spots. Au adult
male frona Madi'as has the carapace 28'5 mm. long, and 37 mm. in greatest breadth.

Distribution. Ceylon; Pondicherry ; Madras; Malabar; Nicobars; also recorded from
Mauritius and Tahiti.

131. Telphusa rugosa, Kingsley.

T. rugosa, Kiugsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Plulad. p. 37 (1880).

Pundaloya, Ceylon {E. E. Green); Ceylon mountain streams, a series {Holdsworth).

As the specimens collected by Holdsworth Avere referred without hesitation by Miers to
this species, I venture to supjjlement the very brief original description by the following
account : — The carapace is subquadrate and depressed. Tiie postfrontal ridge, though
interrupted, is well-defiaed, and the edge crenulated ; the median portion bounding the
epigastric lobes is placed well in front of, and quite separate from the lateral portions,
which are sinuous and curve slightly forwards to pass into the well-marked epibranchial

TO INDIAN CAECmOLOGT. 383

tooth on each side. The mesogastric fiuTow is shallow and somewhat broad. The cervi-
cal groove is well defined, and passes as far as the postfrontal ridge, slightly internal to
the epihranehial tooth, but it does not interrupt the ridge; it is most strongly marked
between the anterior branchial and the proto^astric lobes. The branchial regions carry
many transverse finely crenulated lines, which posteriorly curve round to the under
surface of the carapace. The epiln'anchial tooth is continued into a finely crenulated
carina, which extends along the anterior half of the anterior branchial region, and finally
curves inwards on the carapace. Tlie border between the epihranehial tooth and th(;
external orbital angle is sinuous and finely crenulated. The frontal margin is slightly
concave towards the middle, and botli it and the orbital margin ai-e obscurely creiiu-
lated.

The chelipedes are unequal in both sexes, either right or left being larger ; the merus
and carpus have short raised lines externally which almost impart a squamose appearance ;
the carpal spine is well developed and acute, Avith a small obtuse tooth in front of its
base ; the hand is smooth externally, but slightly rugose on the inferior proximal
margin ; the fingers ^re strongly toothed, and in adults there is usually a single specially
enlarged tooth on the"^.immobile finger of the larger chelipede. Tlie ischial line of the
external maxillipedes is placed consideraljly nearer the inner or median margin of the
joint. Tlie ambulatory legs are carinated along the anterior margin, and the cardial
joints of the first three pairs have in addition a carina on both the anterior and tlie
posterior surfaces. The male abdomen is slightly constricted towards tlic middle,
becoming wider towards the distal end of the penultimate segment.

Tlie carapace of an adult female is 41 mm. long, and 52 mm. in greatest width.

iJislrihulion. Ceylon {Kimjsletj).

132. Telphusa enodis, Kingsley.

T. enodix, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Fhilacl. j). 36 ( 1880).

Pundaloya, Ceylon, a male {t\ ]£. Green); "Madras," a single specimen [Bril. JI/is.).
The latter specimen probably came from one of the South Indian hill-ranges, and not
from the neighbourhood of Madras.

I refer these with some hesitation to this insufficiently descrilied species. It is, as
Kingsley remarks, closely allied to T. Icevis, Wood-Mason, and the two may afterwards
prove to be identical. The; carapace is smooth and moderately convex, with no post-
frontal ridge, and merely the rudiment of an epihranehial tooth. A faint depression
between each anterior branchial and protogastric lobe indicates the cervical groove, and
ther(; is a shallow indication of tlie luesogastric furrow. The median portion of the
frontal margin is inflected. The ischial line ol' the external maxillipedes is placed nearly
in the centre of the joint. The ambulatory legs are very slender, and the three terminal
joints are provided with many short setose hairs. In the above specimens the chelipedes
are similar to those of T. Uecis, as described and figured by 'VA'ood-:\f ason.

The Ceylon example is 12 mm. long, and 15-5 mm. broad.

In the British Museum there is a series of a closely allied and perhaps identical species
from North India, which I refer to T. hvvis, as the specimens agree well with Wood-

55*

384 MR. J. E. UENDERSOX— A COXTEIBUTJON

Mason's description and figures. The adult males, however, have a very wide gape between
the fingers of the larger chelipede, as in T. difformis, Milne-Ed vv. ; and as the latter
species appears to be closely allied to T. Icevis in other respects, perhaps the tAvo are not
distinct. The wide gape of tl)e lingers is not specially referred to by Wood-Mason, and
it is probably coutiLied to old males ; it is not seeu in either of the specimens which I
refer to T. euocUs.

DisMbution. Ceylon [Kingsleij).

133. Telphusa Pocockiana, n. sp. (PL XXXVII. figs. 5-8.)

Jubbulpore, three males and three females {Day).

The carapace is smooth and slightly convex anteriorly, with the branchial regions
somewhat expanded laterally. Commencing at the mesogastric furrow, which is fairly
well marked, and bifurcated posteriorly, the postfrontal ridge curves outwards and slightly
backw^ards, but stops abruptly a short distance from the side of the carapace : in other
words, it does not pass into the epibranchial tooth ; throughout its course it is sharply
defined and nowhere interrupted, though near the middle line it is slightly wrinkled.
It approaches ratlier nearer than usual to the orbital margin, and the surface of the
carapace between the external orbital angle and the outer end of the ridge is considerably
excavated. A shallow groove, not alwaj^s seen in young individuals, passes from this exca-
vation between the end of the ridge and the free margin of the carapace. The cervical
groove is well marked at the posterior limit of the gastric area, but shallow and faint else-
where, and scarcely reaches the postfrontal ridge, which it does not in dent ; it is better
marked in young individuals. The epibranchial tooth is very rudimentary, in fact
indicated merely by the posterior limit of a slight notch, and placed a little in advance
of the level of the postfrontal ridge, i. e. quite close to the external orb ital angle, which
is itself but little prominent. The antero-lateral margin, l)eliind the epibranchial tooth
and bounding the anterior branchial area, is regularly curved and obsoletely dentate ;
behind the posterior limit of this margin are the usual slight transverse ridges extending
to the concave postero-lateral margin . A few very slight rugosities or lines are seen on
the anterior branchial region, l)chind the outer limit of the postfrontal ridge. On the
gastric region adjoining the cervical groove an anterior and posterior puuctum are seen on
each side. The frontal margin is almost straight and is scarcely crenulated. The orbits are
remarlval:)ly large and subtriangulate in outline, the apex of the triangle being placed at
the external orbital angle. The epistome is comparatively deep, and the lower margin o-ives
rise to a broad obtuse tooth. The ischial line of the external maxillipedes is faint, and
scarcely extends throughout the length of the joint ; it is placed nearer the inner maro-in.

The chelipedes are unequal in size, and very similar to those of T. indlca ; the carpal
spine is short but acute, the outer surface of the liaud sparingly punctate, and the puncta
are arranged in lines on the outer surface of the fingers. The ambulatory legs are also
similar to those of T. indica. The meropodites have the anterior margin finely crenulated,
and a few short liorny spinules are met with, on the posterior margin of the propodi.
The terminal segments of the male abdomen are wider than those of T. indica, and the
lateral margins of the penultimate segment are almost straiglit.

TO IXDIAX CARCIXOLOGY. 385

This species beai-s some general resemblanca to T. iiidica, but is distinguished from
that species Iw the peculiar nature of the postfrontal ridge, which, though well marked,
does not pass to the lateral margin of the carapace, stopping short abruptly before reacb-
ing it ; the rudimentary epibrauchial tooth is placed near the external orbital angle,
and the contiguous part of the carapace is deeply hollo wed out. In T. celebensis, De
Man, a species also with a well-marked pastfrontal ridge which does not pass into the
epibrauchial tooth, there is a se(;oud small tooth placed between the epibranchial one
and tlie external orbital an»le.

The largest specimen, a male, lias the carapace 30-5 mm. long, and the greatest breadth
13'3 mm. ; the distance between the external orbital angles is 28-3 mm., and between tlie
epibrauchial teeth 34'5 mm. ; the front is 12 mm. in breadth.

I have named the species after Mr. 11. I. Pocock, of the British Museum Staff.

134. Telphlsafluviatilis, Latr.

T.fluviatUis (Latr.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. .Mas. Hist. Nat. t. v. p. 1G4 (LSGO).

Quetta, a series in the British Museum, collected by W. T. Blanford, and another
series from the same locality presented by the Secretary of State for India. " Environs
of Calcutta'' {Coll. Sclilagiiihoeit). The latter locality is probably erroneous, and the
specimen perhaps came from the Himalayas.

The occurrence of this sj^ecies so far east is interesting. I have compared the speci-
mens carefully with a large series in the British Museum from various localities on both
the European and African sides of the Mediterranean, and can find no differences of any
importance. There are specimens in the British Museum from Sustan, Persia.

DistrihnUon. Italy, Greece, Turkey, Crimea, Syria, Egypt, Algeria, Cyprus {A. Milne-
Edwards).

135. Telphusa Atkinsoniana, Wood-Mason.

T. Atkinsoniana, Wood-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. l^cngal, vol. xl. p. 205, pi. xiv. tigs. 12-lG (1871).

Kangra, four females [Bay) ; Britisii Burmah, a male {W. Theobald) ; Simla, several
young specimens {Coll. Scldag'mtioeit).

The Kangra examples arc not fully grown (the largest is only 21 mm. long and 27'5
mm. broad) and they hav(! apparently not acquired all the typical characters. The
granulations are scarcely represented on the epigastric and protogastric lobes of the
carapace, and the outer surface of the hands is only sparingly tube rculate ; there can, I
think, be no doubt, however, of their identity.

Tlds species is closely allied to T. flnchttiUs, but the two may be distinguished as
follows: — In T-Jliiciatilis, the portion of the postfrontal ridge bounding tlie epigastric
lobes is placed well in advance of, and is practically cut off from, the rest of the ridge,
while in T. Atkhisoniana it is continuous with the rest. In T. finviaiilis, the ridge is
somcAvhat ill defined and more or less interrupted laterally, where it passes into tlie
epibranchial tooth, while in T. Atkinsoniana it is strongly defioel and prominent at
this point.

Specimens of the two allied species T. dcnticnlata, Milne-Edw. (China), and T. Lar-
naiulii, A. Milne-Edw. (Siam), are in the collection of the British Museum, and they

386 MR. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTETBUTIOX

were regarded by Miers as scarcely distinct from T. Jl^tviatilis. In the present limited
state of our knowledge as towliat constitutes a species in this difficult genus, I think
they mvist he held to be distinct. T. deittimlcda is distinguished, from both T.fluviatilis
and T. Atkinsoniana, by its poorly marked postfrontal ridge, and the small size of the
epibranchial tooth. T. LarnmuUi is even more closely allied, but is distinguished from
both by the greater convexity of the branchial regions, which are sparingly granulated ;
the protogastric and epigastric lobes are not granulated as in T. Atkinsoniana; the
postfrontal ridge resembles that of T. Atkinsoniana, but towards the epibranchial tooth
it becomes interrupted as in T.fluviatilis.

Distriliution. North India : Darjeeling ; Thancote Hills, Nepal; Khasi Hills [TFood-
Ilason) ; Ceylon {Brit. IJm.)

Genus Pakatelphusa, Milne-Edwards.

136. Pakatelphusa sinensis, Milne-Edw.

P. sinensis, Milne-Edwards, Arch, d^i Mus. vol. vii. p. 173, pi. xiii. fig. 2 (1854-55).

Burmah, an adult male {Lay).

Bistrihution . China {llili/e-Edtcai'ds) ; Siam {Von Martens); Moulmein, Burmah
( Wood-Mason).

137. PARATELPHUSA SPINIGERA, Wood-MaSOU.

P. spiniffera, Wood-Mason, Journ. As. ?oc. Bengal, vol. xl. p. 194, pi. xii. figs. 1-4 (1871).

Calcutta, Pioorkee, North- West Provinces, Sind, Ganjam {Bay).

According to Wood-Mason this species is very common in the Calcutta tanks. The
British Museum has a series from Bengal.

Bistrihution. North India {Wood-Mason). It is not known to occur further south than
Ganjam.

138. Pakatelphusa Datana, Wood-Mason.

P. !)«?/«««, Wood-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xl. p. 192, pi. xi. (1871).

Tounghoo, Burmah ; ten specimens {Oates).

This species is characterized by the great convexity of its carapace, and the well-
marked postfrontal ridge, with the epigastric portions almost nodose. The four
epibranchial teeth (not counting the external orbital angle) very gradually diminish
in size on passing backwards, and the greatest diminution is seen in the most pos-
terior one.

The largest specimen, a female, is 3U mm. long, and 41 mm. broad.

Bistribution. Burmah: Prome andMandalay {Wood-Mason).

139. Pakatelphusa Martensi, Wood-Mason.

P. Martensi, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 121 (1876).
Boorkee, two males ; North-West Provinces, tlu-ee males, two females {Bay).

TO INDIAN CARCIXOLOGY. 387

A comjmratively small species witli tliree epibranchial teeth as iu P. .sinensis, but the
meropodites of the ambulatory legs unavmcd. Tlie largest specimen, a female, is 21-5 mm.
long and 27 ram. broad.

Listributiou. North India: Hurdwar, Purueah, AUahaliad, Jessore district {Wood-
Mason).

Genus OcypoDA, Fabr.

140. OCTPODA CER.\TOPHTHAL>IA (Pallas).

i>. cttrutoplithulma (Pallas), Miers, Aun. ^ls.'s,. Xat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. '^7\), ])1. xvii. tig. 1 (1882).

Rameswaram and Tuticorin [Thurstou). Common on the South Indian coast
{J. R. H.).

The stridulating ridge on the inner surface of the 1iand is coarsely striated above, and
very hnely striated below.

Bisti'ihution. Prom the Red Sea, E. Africa and Natal, to Japan and the Pacific
(Samoa, Fijis, Sandwich Is., &c.), iilso the coasts of Australia.

141. OcTPODA MACROCERA, Milnc-Edw.

(>. iiKirrocera (Milne-Edw.), Miers, Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 381, pi. xvii. fig. .-' (188.2).

Rameswaram, many specimens ; Tuticorin, two males (Thm'ston) ; Madras, not
nncommon {J. E. S.).

This species does not appear to be common. It differs from O. ceratopJithalma iu having
the finger-tips of both chelipedes, but especially of the smaller one, dilated and flattened.
The outer surface of both hands is also more finely granulated. The colour is a reddish
orange, most pronounced on the chelipedes. It occurs at Madras, above high-water
mark, but is much less common than the nest species.

A Rameswaram specimen (female) has the carapace 30 mm. long and 38 mm. l)road.

DisfribnUon. India [Milne-Edwards, 3Iiers).

142. OcTPODA PLATYTAKsis, Milne-Edw.

O. platytarsis (Milne-Edw.), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Mist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 383, pi. xvii. tig. 5 (1882).

Rameswaram {Thurston); Ceylon {Ilaly); Madras, very abundant (J^. R. II.).

The stridulating ridge is narrow and tuberculate in both sexes. The dactyli of the
ambulatory legs are broad and flattened in adults. This is the commonest species of
Oci/podant Madras, where it occurs in great numbers, burrowing in tlie sand near high
water mark, never at any great distance from the sea. It attains a large size, and a
male obtained by Mr. Thurston in Ceylon has the carapace 50 mm. long and G6 ram.
broad.

iJislribution. India and Ceylon {Milne-Udioards, Miers).

143. OcYPODA CORDIMANA, Desmarcst.

(K cordhnana (Desm.), .Aliers, Ann. ^Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 387, pi. xvii. fig. 9 (188.2V

388 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

Tuticorin {Thurston). Common at Macbas {J. B. II.).

This is a smaller species than the foregoing, and distinguished at once by the absence
of a stridulating ridge from the chelipedes in both sexes. It is a terrestrial crab and
lives in burrows at some distance from the sea.

Uistribvtion. From Mauritius and the Seychelles to China, Australia, and the Pacific
(New Caledonia, New Hebrides, Fijis, &c.).

Genus Gel-A-Simus, Latreille.

144. Gelasimtjs annulipes, Latr.

G. annulipes (Latr.), De Man, Mergui Crust., p. 118, pi. viii. figs. 5-7 (1887), ubi synon.
(= G. perplexus, Mihie-Edw. ; G. pulchellus, Stm.).

Eameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston). Abundant on the margins of the South
Indian backwaters, burrowing in sand or mud {J. S. H.).

A curious sexual difference has been pointed out by De Man, viz. the infra-orbital
ridge is simple and finely crenulated in the male, whereas in the female the crenulations
are larger, and in addition there is an accessory row of acute granules parallel to the
ridge, but placed within the orbital cavity.

An adult male from Eameswaram has the carapace 12 mm. long and 21 mm. broad at
the level of the external orbital angles; the hand of the larger chela 38 mm. long.

Distribution. From E. Africa to the Pacific (Tahiti and the Fijis).

145. Gelasimus triangularis, A. Milne-Edw.

G. triangularis (A. Milne-Edw.), De Man, Mergui Crast. p. ITJ, pi. viii. figs. 8-11 (1887).

(= G. par plexus. Heller).

Madras and Ennore {J. II. II.).

This species is found living with G. annulipes at the above localties, and the two are
almost equally common. G. triangularis is, however, a slightly smaller species, and its
colour-markings are different, but I omitted to note these in living specimens. The
carapace is narrower posteriorly in the present species, and the larger hand has only
two granulated ridges on the inner suface, while there are three in G. uMnuUnes. The
immobile finger of the larger chela is acute at its distal end, whereas in G. annulipes it
is subtruncated, or almost bidentate, owing to the presence of an accessory tooth near the
apex. In the two species there is considerable variation, and varieties of both are
common in which the inner margin of both fingers is without any prominent teeth.
The females of G. triangularis lack the accessory orbital row of granules met with in the
females of the other species.

Distribution. New Caledonia {A. Milne-Edwards); Mergui (i>e Man); Cevlon and
Madras {Heller).

TO IXDIAX CAECIXOLOGT. 389

Genus Macrophthalmus, Latr.

146. MACROPnTHALMUS DEPRESSUS, Ptuppcll.

M. depressmi, Riippell, Besclireib. u. Abbild. Kurzsch^vauzigen Krabben, p. 19. tab. iv. fig. 6 (18.30) ;
De Man, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. iii. p. 255 (1881) ; irl. Brock's Crust, p. 356, taf. xv. fig. 3 (1888).
M. affinis, Guerin, Crust. 'Favorite,' p. 172, pi. 1. fig. 2 (1839).

Rameswaram, three specimens (./. B. II.).

The carapace is finely cjranulated, with the exception of the central part of tlie gastric
area, and in young specimens it is only granulated towards the sides. The carpus and
hand are smooth and glabrous externally, Avithout spines and with merely a row of
granules on the upper margin of the hand internally ; the mobile finger has an obtuse
crenulated lobe on its inner margin near the base. The ambulatory legs are pubescent,
with a single tooth near the anterior distal end of the merus.

I have little doubt that my specimens are referable to Guerin's species, and at the
same time they seem to be identical with HI. depressiis, as cliaracterizcd by De Man.
though in the figure of the latter writer the palm is shorter in proportion to the length
of tlie fingers than in the Rameswaram examples. This difference is, however, un-
important. A male specimen is 11 mm. long and 17 mm. wide.

Bistnhntion. Red Sea {Bilppell, Be Man); Bombay, Pondicherry [Gucnii) ; North
Australia {Haswell).

147. Macrophthalmits pectinipes, Guerin.

M. jjectinipes, Guerin, Crust. ' Favorite,' p. 107, pi. xlix. (1839) ; :\Iiliie-]%d\vards, Ann. Sci. Nat.
ser. 3, Zool. t. xviii. p. 158 (1852).

Sind, five specimens {Day).

Tliis large species is characterized by its spiny-bordered ambulatory legs, and the
presence of large scattered tubercular granules on the carapace.

The largest individual is 34 mm. long, and -57 mm. wide at the level of the external
orbital angles.

Bistrihution. Bombay {Guerin, Brit. Mus.); Penang {Brit. Mus.).

148. M.VCROPHTHALMUS L.VTREILLEI (Desm.).

M. Latreilln (Desm.), A. jNIilne-Edwards, Nouv. Areli. ]\Ius. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 278, ])1. xiii. fig. 3
(1873).

Ceylon, in a fossil state ; two specimens {Hali/).

This species has been previously recorded in a fossil state from the recent deposits of
Ceylon, the Philippines, ]\[alacca, and New Caledonia, but it has not yet been found
living in the Indian seas. One of ^Ir. Ualy's examples was in an excellent state of
preservation, and there could be no doul)t as to its identity -vvith the species figui-ed by
A. Milne-Edwards. According to De Man M. Polleni, Hoffmann, from Madagascar, is
perhaps synonymous with the present species.

Bistrihution. Living in the seas of New Caledonia {A. Jlihie-Edtcards).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 50

390 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

Genus Scopimera, De Haan.

149. Scopimera myctikoides (Milne-Eclw.).

Doto myctiroides, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, Zool. t. xviii. p. 153, pi. iv. fig. 24 (1852) .

Rameswaram and Tuticorin ( Thurston). Common at Eameswarani, burrowing in sand
and mud; Ennore {J. R. H.).

De Man, on what are apparently good grounds, unites Botilla, Stm. ( = Doto, De Haan,
nom. praiocc), and Scopimera, De Haan, selecting the former name for the genus ; but
Scopimera is preferable as it is the older name, and Botilla has more recently been
used to designate a genus of Mollusca.

In a very large series of this species I have as yet only met with males. There is still
much to be learned about the genus, especially as to the nature of the curious ' tympana '
on the sterna and on the moral joints of the ambulatory legs.

Distribution. Malabar (Milue-Bdivards) ; Strait of Gaspar (Stimpson) ; Java {Brit.
Mus.) ; Singapore ( Walker) ; Seychelles {liters).

Genus Myctiris, Latr.

150. Myctiris longicarpus, Latr.

M. longicarpus (Latr.), De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 358 (1888).

( = ?ilf. brevidactyhis, Stm.).

Akyab, several specimens {Day).

Distribution. Malay Archipelago, China, Australia and Tasmania, New Caledonia.

Genus Metopograpsus, Milne-Edw.

151. Metopograpsus messor (Eorsk.).

M. messor (Forsk.),De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 144, pi. ix. fig. 11 (1888) ; id. Brock's Crust, p. 361,

taf. XV. fig. 6 (1888).

(= Pachygrapsus (BtUopicus, Hilg.).

^Viiicox'm {Thurston). Very common at Rameswaram between tide-marks; common
at Madras {J. U. II.).

Distribution. Erom the Red Sea, E. Africa, and Natal to the Pacific (Samoa, Eijis,
Sandwich Is., &c.).

Genus Grapsus, Lam.

152. Grapsus strigosus (Herbst).

G. strigosus (Herbst), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. Mus. Hist. Nat.t. is. p. 286 (1873), ubi synon.

Rameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston). Abundant on the harbour walls at Madras,
and elsewhere on the Coromandel coast {J. B. H.).

Distribution. Erom the Red Sea and E. Africa to the Pacific as far as the coast of
Chili.

TO INDIAN CARCIXOLOGY. 391

153. Grapsus maculatus (Catesby).

G. mrini/atus (Catesby), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. ix. p. 285 (1873).
Tuticoriu ( Thurston).

Dtstnbiition. Atlantic Region (from Florida to the Cape of Good Hope). Tlirougliout
the ludo-Pacific Eegion.

Genus Plagusia, Latr.

154. Plagusia immaculata, Lam.

P. immacK/uta (La.m.), Miers, Ann. j\Iag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. loO (1878).

(= P. (lepressa, Latr., nee Fabr.).

Madras, common, associated with Grapsus slricjosus {J. R. II.).

Dlstrihidlou. Bay of Bengal, Malay Archipelago, Chinese Seas, N. Australia, and the
Pacific as far as the Sandwich Is. and tlie W. coast of Central America.

Genus Leiolophus, Miers.

155. Leiolophus planissimus (Herbst).

L. plaiiissimus (Herbst), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 15.3 (1878), idn sijnon.

Ptameswaram, not uncommon between tide-marks {Thurston, J. B. II.); Madras
{J. B. H.).

Distribution. Atlantic Ptegion (Florida, "West Indies, ]\Iadeira, &c.) ; Indo-Pacific
Region, from tlie Mascarenes to Korea, the coasts of California, Chili, and New Zealand.

Genus Varuna, !Milne-Edw.

15C. Varuna litterata (Fabr.).

V. litterata (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, Zool. t. xviii. p. I7G (1852).

Ceylon {Uahj) ; Calcutta, several specimens preserved in the same bottle with Para-
telplmsa spinigera, a fresh-water species ; Sittoung ; Ganjam {Day). Not uncommon in
the backwater at Ennore {J. R. H.).

If there is no mistake in connection with tlie locality Sittoung, this sjiccies occurs
about one hvmdred miles inland in the Sittoung liiver, Burmah ; it has previously been
recorded from fresh water by Miers and otliers.

Distribution. Mauritius, Bay of Bengal, Malay Archipelago, China, Japan, New
Caledonia, Australia, New Zealand.

Genus Mktaplax, Milne-Edw.
157. Metaplax distinctus, Mime-Edw.

M. distincius, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci Nat. ser. 3, Zool. t. xviii. p. 103, pi. iv. fig. .27 (1852) ; Dc
Man, iMergni Crust, p. 158, pi. x. figs. 7-9 (1888).

Ennore {J. B. R.).

56*

392 , MR. J. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

This species is not uncommon in the above locality, found running about in grass, and
living in company with Metasesarma Rousseauxii. The spinules on the meropodites of
the ambulatory legs vary in number in different specimens, and sometimes even on the
two sides of the same specimen. In the Ennore examples the ambulatory legs are without
hairs, whereas in those from Mergui examined by De Man they were hairy on the terminal
joints.

The largest specimen has the carapace 11 mm. long and 15 mm. wide.

Distribution. Bombay {Milne-Eclicards) ; Mergui {De Man).

Genus Sesaema, Say.

158. Sesarma tetragona (Fabr.).

S. tetragonum (Fabr.), A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. is. p. 304, pi. xvi. fig. 4

(1873).

Madras, very common on the banks of the Cooum ; Ennore (/. B. IL).

The carapace is densely pubescent, especially in front, and the hairs are arranged in
tufts ; a single tooth is placed beliind the antero-lateral angle. The upper margin of the
hand carries a narrow longitudinal ridge which is finely striated transversely, and the
outer surface of the same joint is finely granulated, with a short ill-detiued line of granules
about the middle of the surface ; the dactylus is armed above with ten or eleven horny-
tipped tubercles.

An adult male has the carapace 36 mm. long and 40 mm. wide, the right hand and
immobile finger 40 mm. long and 24 mm. in height.

Distribution. From the lied Sea, E. Africa, and Natal to China and the Pacific (New
Caledonia, Fijis, &c.).

159. Sesarma quadeata (Fabr.).

S. quadratum (Fabr.), Miers, Phil. Traus. Roy. Soc. vol. clxviii. p. 490 (1879).

(= S. affinis, De Haan; S. ungulata, Milue-Edw. ; S. asjjcra, Iluller).

Tuticoriu (Thurston). Very common at Madras and Ennore (J. It. R.).

The Tuticoriu examples belong to the typical form ; the carapace of a male is 17'5 mm.
long and 21 mm. wide, and there are eleven tubercles on the upper margin of the
immobile finger. The Madras and Ennore examples belong to the variety aspera of
Heller, and the largest male that I have met with is only 15-8 mm. long and 19-5 mm.
wide. On examining a large series of adult males I find from tliirteen to eighteen
tubercles on the immobile finger ; as a rule each tubercle is oval and symmetrical, but in
one or two specimens they are each slightly curved. 8. Melissa, De Man, founded on a
single specimen from Mergui, with the tubercles horse-shoe shaped, may therefore be
only a variety of aS'. quadrxita. Tufts of hair are sometimes present on the postfrontal
lobes.

Distribution. From E. Africa and Natal to Japan and the Pacific (New Caledonia,
Fijis).

TO IXDIAN CARC]NOLOGT. 393

Genus Sarmatium, Dana.
100. Saumatiuk iNDicuii (A. Milne-Edw.), var. malabaricuii, u. (PL XXXVI.

fi-. 17.)

MdcKjriqixus i/idicus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Areli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. iv. p. 171, pi. xsvi. tigs. 1-,')
(1868).
Sarmatium indicum, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 213 (1880).

Cochin, several specimens, collected by my former pupil A. G. Paul.

I at first felt disposed to refer these specimens to S. pimctatum (A. Milne-Edw.), l)ut
Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, to whom I sent an example, informed me that it did not belong
to that species, but was rather referable to S. indicum (A. Milne-Edw.). They differ from
the description and figures of the latter species in having the carapace strongly punctate
and the inner surface of the hand with a well-marked tubercular ridge (characters which
A. Milne-Edwards assigned to S.punctatm)i) ; the fingers in the male have a much wider
gape, and the male abdomen has the terminal segment narrower, and the basal segments
relatively broader, than represented in Milne-Edwards's figure. On the other hand, I have
compared them with specimens in the British Museum from the Indo-Malayan seas,
referred by Miers to *S'. j:»m/?c^«/!«/m, and I find the following differences : — In Miers's
specimens the fingers in the male have a much narrower gape, and there is a distinct
ridge or carina on the outer surface of the immobile finger, running parallel to and near
the toothed edge, which is entirely absent from the Cochin specimens. In our specimens
the immobile finger is more compressed, and there is a very prominent tooth on its inner
margin near the base, while there are also prominent teeth near the apices of both fingers
at the posterior limit of the horny plate which is seen on each digit.

Neither S. puuctatum nor the typical form of S. indicinu are yet known to occur in
India.

The carapace of a male is 21-3 mm. long and 26 mm. broad, the front is 11"3 mm.
broad, the right hand (including the immobile finger) is 22 mm. hmg and 13"5 mm. in
height ; the dactylus 14"5 mm. long.

JJistriljHlion. The typical form occurs in Celebes {A. Milae-Edwanls, De JIai/).

Genus Metasesakma, Milne-Edwards.
161. Metasesauma Eousseauxii, Milne-Edw.

il/. Rousseauxii, ^liluc-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. scr. 3, t. xx. p. 188 (1853) ; id. Arch, du Jlus. t. vii.
p. 158, ])1. X. fig. 1 (1854).

Sesarma Aubryi, De Man, Mcrgui Crust, p. 1(J8 (1888), nee S. Aubnji, A. Miluc-Edw.

Eimore, not uncommon {J. Ji. II.).

1 sent a specimen to Prof. A. Milne- l-]d\\, -axis, avIio referred it to the present species, wliich
also includes examples from Mergui in the British Museum relegated to Sesarma Aubryi
by De Man. The colour markings are very characteristic. The deflexed portion of the
front is dark purplish brown, and immediately behind, a grey or vcIIdw l),ind crosses the
carapace transversely and is continued on to each eye-stalk ; the remainder of the carapace
shows purplish-brown mottliugs. The chelipedes and legs arc yellow.

A male is 10 mm. long and 19-5 nmi. broad, the front ll'S mm. broad.

Disiribntion. Zanzibar {Milne-Edwards) ; Mergui and Malay Archipelago {Be Man).

394 ME. J. E. HENDEESOX— A CONTEIBUTIOX

Genus Xenophthalmus, White.

162. Xerophthalmus pinnotheroides, White.

X. pinnotheroides, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. p. 178, pi. ii. fig. 2 (184G) ; Adams and
White, ' Samarang ' Crust, p. 03, pi. xii. fig. 3 (1848).

Hameswaram, four males, one female {Thurston).

The carapace of the largest male is 6 mm. long and 9 mm. broad.

Distrihution. Philippines {TTliife) ; Hong Kong [Stlmpson).

163. Xenophthalmus obscurus, u. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 18, 19.)
Gulf of Martaban, a female ( Oates).

The carapace is moderately convex, glabrous, and somewhat uneven, with a decided
anterior declivity. The gastro-branchial grooves are rather deep, and faint sulci pass
forwards from them ; two slight epigastric swellings are present. The lateral margins
are ill-defined anteriorly, while behind they are not represented by any distinct margin.
The antero-lateral margin is a very slightly marked ridge, and below it on the pterygo-
stomial area two similar and almost parallel ridges are seen. The mid-branchial region
is slightly l^etter defined by the lateral margin, but the ridge here is not continuous with
the antero-lateral ridge, and posteriorly it curves on to the surface of the carapace to
form a prominent wrinkle, which extends to the posterior limit of the gastro-branchial
groove. The eyes are placed somewhat obliquely, and are distinctly visible in the orbital
fissures. The front when viewed from above appears obtusely bilobed, but when viewed
from before it is seen to have the sides parallel and the free end truncated, with a median
aiid two lateral slight projections.

In the single specimen — a female^the chelipedes are very minute and slender, being-
even shorter than the last pair of legs ; superior and inferior marginal ciliated lines are
seen on the hand. The ambulatory legs are faintly pubescent towards their apices, and
the meropodites of the first three pairs are armed on the anterior and posterior margins
with short curved spinules, which are best marked on the posterior margins. The ab-
dominal segments are glabrous externally.

The carapace is 6"5 mm. long and 7 mm. wide ; the first leg is 10 mm. long, the second
leg 14 mm., the third leg 17 mm., the chelipede 7 mm., and the last leg 10 mm.

I have compared the specimen with the types of X. pinnotheroides. In White's species
the front is obtusely rounded and without distal projections, the orbital fissures are
deeper and pass straight, not obliquely, back on the carapace ; there is a granular line on
the postero-lateral margin of the carapace, and a second line on the post-branchial region ;
lastly, there is only a single obscure ridge on the j^terygostomial area.

Genus Elamenb, Milne-Edw.
164. Elamene unguiformis, De Haan.

E. unguiformis, Dc Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 75, tab. xxiv. fig. 1 (1850).

Gulf of Martaban, an adult male {Oates).
Distribution. Japan {De Haan).

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 305

165. Elamexe tkuncata, A. Milne-Edw.

E. friuicala, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Aitli. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. is. p. 323 (1873).

Silavaturai Par; five females with ova, one male [Thurston).

The above specimens seem to be referable to this species, with the short description of
which they entirely agree. The front is rounded and entire, with an inferior vertical
prolongation which partially separates the antennules. The carapace is bounded by a
slightly raised marginal line. Tlic meral and carpal joints of tlie ambulatory legs each
terminate in an anterior distal spine. The last abdominal segment in the female has its
free margin l)roadly emarginate.

Distribution. Kew Caledonia [A. Milne-Edicards).

Group OXYSTOMATA.

Genus Calappa, Fabr.

166. Calappa hepatica (Linn.).

C. hepatica (Liuu.), Miers, 'Challeuger' Bracliyura, p. 285 (188G), ubi synon.

(= C. tiiherculata, Fabr.).

E-amcswaram and Tuticorin [Thurston); Ceylon [Huly, Nevill) ; Gulf of Martaban
[Oates).

In young individuals the postero-lateral lobes of tlie carapace are not nearly so strongly
developed as in adults, but the margins are more strongly dentate.

Distribution. Throughout the Indo-Pac-ific Region, from the Red Sea, E. Africa, and
jS'atal to China, the Sandwich Is., and New Zealand.

167. Calappa gallus (Herbst).

C. fjalliis (Herbst), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 105 (183~).

Rameswaram and Tuticorin [Thur.'itun) ; Ceylon [Ualij, Kevill); Gulf of Martaban
[Oates).

There is a remarkable difference between the eyes in this species and in the last ; in
C. hepatica tliey are elongated and slender, in C. gallus short and stout.

Distribution. lied Sea, Mascarenes, ]Malay Archipelago, Pacific. If C. f/a/loides, Stm.,
should prove identical, as Miers sujjposes, it occurs also in the West Indies.

168. Calappa lophos (Herbst).

0. lophos (Herbst), De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 72, tab. xx. fig. 1 (1850;.

Ceylon [Ilali/); Gulf of Martaban (Oates); very common at Madras [J. E. II.).

In young individuals the anterior half of the carapace is provided with smooth rounded
tubercles which are not seen in the adult. There is considerable variation in the size of
the granulated teeth on the posterior margin, and in very young specimens they are
represented by slender acute slightly curved spines.

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Malay Archipelago, Japan.

396 MR. J. K. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

169. CALA.PPA PHLLARGIUS (Linn.).

C. philargius (Linn.), De Haan, Crust. Japon. jo. 71, tab. xix. fig. 1 (1850).

( = C. cristata, Fabr.) .

Ceylon {Baly) ; Gulf of Mai-talmn (Oates).^

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Malay Archipelago, China, Japan.

Genus Matuta, Fahr.

170. Mattjta victrix, Fabr.

M. rictrix (Fabr.), ]\Iiers, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 243, pi. xxxix. fig.s. 1-3 (1877).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Ceylon [Kalij, Nevill) ; Sind, Gaujam, Akyah {I>(iy). Very
common at Madras {J. B. H.).

Distribution. From the E,ed Sea, E. Africa, and Natal to Japan, Australia, and the
Pacific (New Hebrides, Fijis, &c.).

171. Matuta lunaris (Herbst).

M. ritbro-Uneuta, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 24'4, pi. xxxix. figs. 5-6 (1877), nee
M. lunaris, Miers.

Ganjam {Day) ; ]\Iadras, not uncommon {J. B. S.).
Distribution. Indian and Pacific Oceans ; Chefoo {3Iiers).

172. Mattita Miersii, Henderson.

M. Miersii, Henderson, Madras Jonrn. Liter. & Seience, session 1886-87, p. G6, pl.i. figs. 1-4 (1887).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Ceylon {Saly, Nevill); Madras, not imcommon (J. i?. M.).

This species may be recognized by its colour markings and by the characters of the
ridge on the outer surface of the hand, Avhicli in both sexes is composed of five short
finely granulated teeth, all more or less blunt, except the second, which is subacute ; the
surface below the ridge is also finely granulated.

Since describing the species, I have had the advantage of examining a large series of
this genus in the British Museum, and I am still of opinion that 31. Miersii is a good
species. Its nearest ally is M. jJicta, Hess (Miers), but in this the front is rounded or
only very slightly emarginate, whereas in M. Miersii it is always distinctly bilol)cd. In
M. picta there is a well-marked tubercle on the lateral margin of the carapace behind the
lateral spine, which is not seen in our species. The markings are somewhat similar in
the two, but in 31. picta there is a greater tendency towards linear arrangement, and the
spots are dark brown or almost black in colour ; while in M. Miersii the macula? consist
of minute reddish or rust-coloured spots, which remain distinct and do not run into lines ;
indeed, they show a marked tendency to group themselves around circular or oval areas
of the carapace in which there are no sjDots. One such oval or pear-shaped area is
constantly present between the two anterior tubercles situated on the gastric area, and
in fresh specimens it is always lighter in colour than the rest of the carapace. Lastly,
M. picta reaches a considerable size, whereas M. Miersii is one of the smaller species of

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 397

the genus. A Sacctdiiia frequently occurs on the abdomen, and I have not noticed this
in the case of the two other species of the genus which occur commonly at Madras.

The largest specimen I have seen, out of several hundred examples, is a male witli tlie
carapace 2G'5 mm. long and 27 mm. wide (not including the spines), while the average
size is considerably less.

Distribution. South India and Ceylon.

Genus Levcosia, Fabr.

173. Letjcosia ceaniolaris (Linn.).

L. craniolaris (Linn.), Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 28.3 (1855).

Ramcswaram and Muttuwartu Par {Thurston); Ceylon {Halt/); Gulf of Martaban
(Oatcs); :\Iadras(J'. B. IT.).

Distribution. Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago, China.

174. Leucosia Whitmeei, Miers.

L. Jfliitmeei, INIiers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 342 (1875); id. Trans. Linn. Soc. scr. 2,
Zool. vol. i. p. 2:38, pi. xxxviii. figs. 10-18 (1877).

Gulf of Martaban, two males [Oates).

The thoracic sinus is deep and well-defined, witli two lai-gc flattened reniform tubercles,
placed immediately over the base of the chelipede (not mentioned by Miers though shown
in his figure) ; the anterior tubercle is somewhat larger than the posterior. The front is
excavated superiorly and tridentate, with the median tooth very minute. The anterior
half or more of the carapace is sparingly punctate, and towards the posterior border there
are four dark spots (five according to fliers), arranged in a semilunar line, and the ground-
colour of the carapace is light in the vicinity of thesj)ots. Tliehand is compressed, both
towards its inner and its outer margin. The male abdomen is constricted between the
penultimate and antepenultimate segments ; on the latter there is a "f-shaped sulcus,
and on the former a distal median ridge.

The carapace is 12'5 mm. long and 10 mm. broad.

Distribution. Samoa; Fijis (Miers). Shark's Bay, W. Australia (Brit. 3Ius.).

Genus PsETTDOPiiiLVRA, Micrs.

175. PSEUDOPHILYRA Melita, Dc ]\Ian.

p. Melita, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 191) (1888).

Muttuwartu Par, a female with ova and a m;xle (Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, two
females witli ova and two males {Gates).

I have compared these and found them identical with one of De Man's original speci-
mens (a young male). As the colour markings liave not been described, and as tliey are
still visible in the above examples, I add the following brief account as a supplement to
the original description : — The front is dark brown, and a large irregularly circular brown

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 57

398 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

ring is seen on the anterior part of eacli branchial region, the two being connected poste-
riorly by a line Avliich passes back in the middle of the carapace as far as the hinder
margin ; the hepatic region has a brownish border. The merus, carpus, and propodus of
the chelipedes have each a proximal brown band, and the fingers are crossed by a similar
band near their bases ; the ambulatory legs show bands of pale brown.

A female is 14-5 mm. long and 13-3 mm. wide ; the right chelipede 2i mm. long.

Leucosia orhicnlans, Bell, ought, I think, to be placed in the genus PhUijra ; it has the
epistome much more prominent than the front, a character which distinguishes it at once
from the present species. FseiidophUyra Perri/i, Miers, is distinguished from P. Melita
by having a ridge on the frontal part of the carapace, passing back from the median
frontal tooth. Leucosia ptibcseens, Miers, is, I think, correctly placed in tlie goaus
Leucosia, as it has a distinct thoracic sinus; De Man suspects its identity with his
Pse7ido2)Jiihjra Boedtii. There is some confusion in regard to the genus Pseiidophilijra,
which undoubtedly comes very near to Philyra and the two can scarcely be separated ;
at the same time Pseudopldlym may conveniently be retained for those species with the
general facies of Leucosia, but with no thoracic sinus.

Distribution. Mergui {Be Man).

176. PSEUDOPHILTRA PUSILLA, n. sp. (PL XXXVII. figs. 13-15.)

Gulf of Martaban, five females with ova, two males {Oates).

This species — one of the smallest of known Leucosiids — has the carapace smooth, and
excavated antero-laterally, with a very slight hepatic swelling. The front is straight,
except for the presence of a small obtuse median tooth, from which a faint carina runs
back in the middle line of the anterior third of the carapace ; the internal orbital angle is
but little prominent. A finely granulated marginal line is seen bordering the carapace
laterally and posteriorly. The epistome is very short and is covered by the front. The
exoguath of the external maxillipedes has its outer margin very slightly curved.

The chelipedes are moderately long in the male, but much shorter in the female. The
merus is provided with small rounded tubercles on its proximal two thirds, which are
arranged in rows and best seen on the inner surface ; the carpus and propodus are smooth
with the exception of a series of minute granules on the inner surface of the hand. A
small articular tubercle is seen on both the inner and outer margins of the propodus at
the carpal articulation.

The fingers are faintly sulcate externally, and separated by a slight basal hiatus in both
sexes, which occupies slightly more than half the interval ; they are feebly toothed in the
male, but without teeth in the female. The ambulatory legs are smooth. The male
abdomen gradually tapers to the apex and is smooth externally, with the lateral margins
of the basal segments slightly wavy or irregular in outline ; the female abdomen is smooth
and very convex.

The front is dark brown in colour, and a short distance behind on the surface of the cara-
pace, but separated by an uncoloured band, is an irregular semilunar mark on each branchial
region, with the convexity of the curve outwards, and a few small spots are seen towards
the middle of the carapace. Some transverse markings occur on the chelipedes at the

TO IXDIAX CAECIXOLOGT. 399

middle and distal end of the merus, and about the middle of the hand. The legs are
iincolouved.

The larg-est male is G mm. long and 5 mm. broad, with the chelipede 10 mm. long;
the largest female is 5'S mm. long and 5 mm. broad, the chelipede 8'5 mm. long.

The species is distinguished at once by its small size, and there can be no doubt that
the Martaban examples are adult. The nearest ally appears to be P. tridentata, Miors,
from Japan, in which, however, in addition to the difference in size, the median frontal
projection is much more prominent, and the carapace is punctulated.

Genus Philyra, Leach.

177. Philtea scabkiusctjla (Fabr.).

P. scahriusculu (Fabr.), Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 299 (1855).

Pameswaram and Tuticorin, many specimens {Thurston). Abundant at Madras and
on the S. Indian coast generally {J. H. II.).

There is considerable variation as regards the amount of tuberculation on the carapace ;
very commonly there is a smooth rounded area on the cardiac region, and a smooth
longitudinal area on each branchial region. On the post-gastric region the tubercles may
be absent, but they are usually present in this locality, and some of them may be larger
tliau those met with elsewhere. In young specimens the fingers are armed with more
prominent teeth towards the apices than in adults, and are also slightly setose.

Dintribufion. E. Africa, Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago.

178. PlIILYRA VERRUCOSA, n. sp. (PI. XXXVII. figS. 10-12.)

Madras, an adult male [J. B. II.).

This species is so closely allied to P. scahriuscitla that only the points of difference
between the two need be 2:)ointed out. The carapace is more convex, with deeper
branchio-cardiac grooves, and, excepting the surface of the frontal lobes, it is everywhere
uniformly covered with smooth, rounded tubercles, one of which in the centre of the
post-gastric area is larger than the others. The tubercles on the anterior half of tlie
carapace are smaller than those on the posterior half. The external orbital angle is
scarcely represented, while in P. scithrluscula it is prominent, and the front is nai-rower
between the eyes in our species. The small blunt lobe seen on the hepatic area in P.
scuhnnsculu is not present, but this surface is crossed oblicjucly by a continuous tuber-
culated line. The external maxillipcdes are uniformly granulated externally, including
even the exognaths, while in P. scahriuscnla they are almost smooth, there beino" at
most a few granules on the endognatli ; the cxognath is broader than the ischial joint
of the endognatli, and its outer margin is strongly convex, distinctly indenting the
lateral margin of the carapace ; in the longer known species the cxognath is decidcdlv
less convex.

The chcliijedes are shorter and stouter in the new sjjecies, and with more numerous
but smaller tubercles on tlie merus ; the fingers are without small teeth or seta?. The
sternum is uniformly tuberculate, whereas in P. scabnuscula there are merelv lines of

57*'

400 MR. J. R. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

small tubercles along the margins of the sternal segments. The basal abdominal seg-
ment is narrower and more _[_- shaped in the new species. The colour is brownish,
"ohereas in P. scabriuscula it is usually grey.

The carapace is 8"7 mm. long and 10 mm. broad, the merus of the chelipedes 7'5 mm.
long by 3 mm. in width, the propodus 7 mm. long and 2"8 mm. wide.

I have examined several hundred specimens of P. scabriuscula from diflPerent localities,
including Madras where the new species was taken, and have never seen a specimen
approaching the form just described ; I may add that I have never seen a specimen of
P. scabriuscula, variable as that species is in regard to tuberculation, with the anterior
half of the carapace uniformly covered with tubercles or granules.

179. Philtka Adamsii, Bell.

P. Adamsii, Bell, Trans. Liun. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 301, tab. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1855).

Bameswaram and Silavaturai Par, several specimens {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martabau,
a female (Oates).

I have compared these with the type in the British Museum. The grooves separating
the branchial from the cardiac and intestinal regions of the carapace are deeper than
usual, and the regions which they define are in consequence apparently swollen. The
carapace in its posterior two thirds, especially on the more elevated parts, and towards
the lateral and posterior margins, is covered with small rounded granules. The whole
front, as in most species of the genus (but not as in P. scabriuscula and P. verrucosa),
projects in advance of the eyes, and is scarcely shorter than the epistome; the median
frontal projection is distinctly visible when the carapace is viewed from above. The
external maxillipedes are much less dilated than in P. scabriuscula, and the exognath
is gi'anulated. The granules on the merus of the chelipedes are more numerous, but
not so large as in P. scabriuscula ; both the inner and outer surfaces of the hand are
granulated, and there is a distinct line of granules towards the upper limit of the inner
surface. In the adult male there are two distinct granules on the upper surface of the
palm, opposite the base of the immobile finger.

Adult ^ . Adult ? (with ova) .
millim. millim.

Leugth o£ carapace 9"5 7

Breadth „ 10 7'5

Length of right clielipede 23 11

Distribution. Borneo {Brit. Jflus.).

180. Philyra platycheira, De Haan.

P. platycheira, De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 132, tab. xxxiii. fig. 6 (1850).

Silavaturai Par, tliree males and three females with ova {Thurston).

The immobile finger of the chelipedes bears on its inner margin a very cliaractcristic
fringe of hairs, both shown in De Haan's figure and mentioned in his description, by
means of which the species is easily recognized.

TO IX D I AX CAECINOLOGY. 101

Distribution. Japan {iJe Ilaaii) ; Iloug Koug {Stimjjsou) ; Philippines (Bell) ;
Mergui {De Jlcm).

181. PlIILYll.V GLOBOSA (Fal)!'.).

F. ylobusa (Fabr.), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 202 (1888).

Rameswaram and TvAXcox'm. {Thurston). Common at Madras and on the Sontli Indian
coast generally {J. B. IE.).
Distribution. Indian Seas.

182. PiiiLYRA POLiTA, n. sp. (PL XXXVIII. tigs. 1-3.)

Madras, a series, not uncommon (,/. B. H.).

This species is closely allied to P. globosa, but distinguished as follows : — The carapace
is smooth, shining, punctate, and regularly conve.x:, without grooves, the margin defined
Ijy a finely granulated line, which in th(^ hepatic region is not perceptibly indented. In
P. globosa, on the other band, the cara^iace is finely granulated on the branchial regions,
not shining, and with branchio-cardiac grooves ; the marginal line carries tubercles of
varying size, and is distinctly indented at the hepatic area.

The hand and carpus of the chelipcdes are smooth, whereas in P. globosa they are
granulated along the inner surface, and the granules are partly arranged in linear series.
The fingers arc smooth on their upper and lower svu'faces, and tbe opposing margins are
onlv sparingly toothed ; in P. globosa the surfaces are finely sulcate. The inner margin
of the hand and immobile finger is almost straight ; in P. globosa it is strongly curved.
The penultimate segment of the male abdomen is smooth externally, and nearly twice
the length of the last segment ; in P. globosa it carries a jiromineut tubercle near the
distal end, and is only about one fourth of its length longer than the terminal segment.
The meropodites of the ambulatory legs are smooth underneath, whereas in P. globosa
they are finely granulated, especially those of the first pair.

The largest specimen, a male, has the carapace 19'5 mm. both in length and in
breadth, the hand 18*5 mm. long, and the dactylus 10"5 mm.; in the female the carapace
is very slightly broader tban long.

This species has probably been confused with P. globosa. It is almost certainly llie
one referred to Leucosia porcellana of Pabricius, by Leach, Bell, and Milne-Edwa^•ds ;
but Do Man, who has examined the type, has shown that Fabricius's species is a true
Leucosia. Both Leach and ]3ell considered the species they examined as scarcely
distinct from F. globosa. In the British Museum, under the name " ? D/iili/ra jjorcellana ,
Fabr.," there are three specimens, two of the present species, and a third of a distinct
undescribed form ; all three carry a second label " P. globulosa," probably in Bell's
handwriting.

In some specimens of P. polita the carapace is encrusted with Jrembranijwra Sarartii,
Aud., and a species of Ugdractinia occurs on tlie arms both of this species and of P.
globosa. I have not met with these comnumsals on P. scabriuscula, Avhich ])rol)ably
burrows in the sandy bottom, while their presence in the two former indicates that they
live above ground.

402 ME. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTEIBUTION

Genus Myra, Leach.

183. Mtea pugax (Fabr.).

M.fugax (Fabr.), Bell, Trans. Liun. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 296 (1855).

Eameswaram {Thurston, J. B. H.) ; Ceylon [Haly) ; Gulf of Martaban [Oaies).
In most of the specimens I have examined there is a distinct median roAV of granules
on the caraj)ace.

Distribution. Mascarenes, Malay Archipelago, China, Japan.

184. Myra australis, Haswell.

M. australis, Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust, p. 122 (1882) ; Miers, ' Cliallenger ' Bracliyura, p. 315
(1886).

Gulf of Martaban, four males (Oates).

These agree on the Avhole with the description, and with specimens in the British
Museum from Australia. The granules on the carapace are most strongly marked along
the median line, so as to give rise to a semicarinated appearance ; as noted by Haswell,
the intestinal region is capped by a cluster of granules, one of Avhich is more prominent
than the rest. I do not think it can be the young of 31. mamillaris. Bell, as suggested
by Miers, for the hejiatic regions are quite different in the two forms.

Distribution. N. Australia {Saswell, Miers). Singapore [Walker).

Genus Ebalia, Leach.

185. Ebaiia Pfefferi, De Man.

E. Pfefferi, De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 390, taf. xvii. fig. 4 (1888).

Muttuwartu Par, a female with ova (Thurston).

The surface is everywhere finely granulated, and the carapace rises immediately
behind the front to form a convex swelling, the smaller elevations on which are less
distinct in my sjiecimen than indicated in De Man's figure, or seen in a specimen from
Mauritius in the British Museum. The fingers are slightly shorter than the palm. The
abdomen is covered externally with smooth rounded granules. This species comes very
neav and is perhaps not distinct from Ebalia {Nucia) speciosa, Dana, from the Sandwich
Islands.

The carapace is 11 mm. long and 12 mm. wide.

Distribution. Amboina {De Man) ; Mauritius {Brit. Mus.).

186. Ebalia fallax, n. sp. (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 4-C.)

Muttuwartu Par, a female {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, a male {Oates).

The carapace is very convex, with the hepatic areas deeply excavated, and the surface
everywhere covered with circular flat-topped polished tubercles of varying size, which
are closely crowded in most places, bvit in the hepatic hollows are few and small. On
either side of the carapace, bounding the hepatic hollow, is a rounded granulated swell-
ing ; the remainder of the lateral margin is simply rounded, and without teeth or

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 403

projections of any kind. On the most elevated part of the carapace, i. e. the post-gastric
area, arc four prominent granulated swellings or tuhercles, the two anterior placed
directly in front of the two posterior, which are slightly smaller. On the cardiac area
there is a single median swelling, which is smaller than those in front of it. On the
intestinal region are two slightly marked median elevations, and a similar slight
elevation is seen on either side of the short posterior margin of the carapace. The front
is narrow, and there is a deep concavity between the two rather prominent inner orbital
angles. The whole under surface of the body, including the abdomen and external
maxillipcdes, is covered with flattened tubercles.

In the male the chelipedes are moderately long ; they have been lost in the female
specimen. The arm is subcylindrical, and covered on all sides with flattened tubercles ;
the carpus and hand are finely granulated. The fingers are about one and a half times
the length of the palm (measured along the lower margin) ; they are compressed and
carry finely granulated carina} on both surfaces. The ambulatory legs at first sight
appear smooth in both sexes, but examination with a lens shows that they are minutely
granulated. The male abdomen gradually tapers to its apex, and has a prominent
recurved granular tooth on the penultimate segment ; in the same position on the female
abdomen there is a rounded swelling;.

The Muttuwartu example has the carapace IS mm. long and 19 mm. wide. The
Martaban example is 10 mm. long and 10-2 mm. wide; the right chelipede is 14 mm.
long, and the hand 8 mm.

The flat-topped tubercles which characterize this species probably give it a protective
resemblance to a piece of eroded coral. Its general appearance is very different from
that of any species known to me, but it apparently comes nearest to U. erosa, A. Milne-
Edw., from the Pacific, and E. fragifera, INIiers, from the Canaries. The fingers are
longer and more slender than is usual in the genus ; in this respect they bear a slight
resemblance to those oi Arcaiila.

Genus Arcaxia, Leach.

187. AncAXiA SEPTEMSPINOSA (Fabr.).

Iphin septemspinosa (Herbst), Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 311 (1855) ; nee Arcania septem-
spinosa, Bell.

Gulf of Martaban {Oa/es) ; Madras (./. 7.'. JL).

One of the ]Martaban specimens belongs to what is at least a distinct variety, but as
it appears to be young it need not be specially characterized. It differs from a specimen
of the typical form at the same stage of growtli in having a well-defined sulcus on the
carapace, separating the branchial regions from each side of the intestinal, cardiac, and
post-gastric areas, and a slight transverse sulcus between the cardiac and intestinal
regions. The front is narrower and more prominent than in the typical form. The
spines at the postero-lateral margin of the carapace are represented merely by rudiments,
while the chelipedes and legs are more slender than usual, especially the fingers. Tlie
male abdomen tapers gradually to its apex. There are specimens of this variety in the

404 MR. J. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

British Museum from China ; it is perhaps a distinct species, hut at any rate may he
termed provisionally A. septemspinosa, var. gracilis.
Distribution. Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago, China.

188. Aecania tjndecimspinosa, De Haan.

A. undecimnpinosa, De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 135, tab. sxxiii. fig. 8 (1850) ; Miers, 'Alert" Crust,
p. 548 (188-1).

{= A. granulosa, Miers).

Gulf of Martahan (Oates).

The single specimen, a male, 9 mm. long and 9'5 mm. wide, is identical with
specimens in the British Museum from Moreton Bay, Austi-alia.

Distribution. Japan {De Raan) ; Moreton Bay ; Seychelles [Miers).

Genus Nuesia, Leach.

189. Ntfesia plicata (Herhst).

N.plicata (Herbst), Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 240, pi. xxsviii. fig. 28 (1877).
Gulf of Martahan, an adult female overgrown with Memhranipora Savartii, Aud.
{Oates) ; Bameswaram {J. M. II.).

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Malay Archijoelago, China, Australia (?).

190. Ntjesia abbreviata. Bell.

N. abbreviata, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 308, tab. xxxiv. fig. 5 (1855).

Silavaturai Par {TJmrston) ; Bameswaram {J. E. H.) ; Gulf of Martahan {Oates).

The carapace is slightly narrower and the chelipedes longer in the male; the ridges on
the carapace are also more elevated in this sex. The largest male is 9'5 mm. long and
10 mm. wide.

Distribution. Indian Ocean {Dell) ; Moreton Bay, Australia {Miers).

Genus Dorippe, Pahr.

191. Dorippe dorsipes (Linn.).

D. dorsipes (Linn.), Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 257 (1884), ubi synon.

{= D. quadndens, Fabr.).

Bameswaram and Silavaturai Vax {Thurston); Ceylon {Haly); Madras, not uncommon
{J. B. D.).

This species reaches a larger size than D. facchino. The upper surface of the carapace
is roughened; the eye-stalks are rather long. I have never met with an individual
protected hy a shell.

Distribution. Bed Sea, E. Africa, Indian Ocean, Malay Archipelago, China, Japan,
Australia.

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 405

192. DoRippE FACCHiNO (Herbst).

D.facchino (Herbst), Miers, 'Challenger' Bracliyura, \). 328 (1886).

(— I), shiuc, Miliie-Edw.)

Eameswaram and Tuticoriu [Thurston). Very common at Madras, and on the
S. Indian coast generally [J. R. II.).

The upper surface of the carapace is usually smooth, and individuals are often met
with protected by the valve of some fiat Lamellibrauch, e. g. Placuna, to which au
Actinia is attached. The eye-stalks are short. A Lepas is frequently found attached to
the legs, and occasionally a Balanus on tlie under surface of the abdomen.

Distribution. From India to China and Japan.

193. DoRiPPE ASTUTA, Fabr.

D. astuta (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Kat. Crust, t. ii. p. 157 (1837).
Madras, several specimens {J. B. R.).

The carapace is narrow and remarkably flattened, with the regions well mapped out.
The legs are long and slender, and the right clielipede in the male has the hand swollen.

Adult (J . Adult ? (with ova),
niillim. millim.

Length of carapace 11 13

Breadth ,, 12 14

Length of second ambulatory log 38 40

DistributioH. Seas of Asm (Hiliie-Ed wards) ; Indian Ocean, Philippines ( l{7«7e) ; Port
Denison, Australia (Uasivcl!) ; Singapore (Walker).

Genus Cymopolia, Roux.

194. Cymopolia Jukesii, White.

C. Jukesii, White, Append. Jukes's Voyage ' Fly,' p. 338, pi. ii. fig. 1 (1847) ; Miers, ' Erebus ' and
'Terror' Crust, p. I, pi. iii. fig. 4 (1874) ; Miers, 'Challenger' Brachyura, p. 335 (1886).

Gulf of Martaban, a female with ova, aiul a yovmg male (Oates).

I have compared these and found them identical with White's type in the British
Museum, dredged off Sir C. Hardy's Is., Torres Strait, 11 fathoms, coarse sand. The
carapace of the female is 6'7 mm. long and 8 mm. In-oad.

Distribution. N. Australia {White, ILaswell). Celebes Sea (Miers).

SuI)oi'der ANOMURA.

GrOU]) D ROM IDEA.

Genus DiiOMiDiA, Stimpson.

195. Deomidia unldentata (Riippell).

D. unidenlata (Riipp.), De Man, Mergni Crust, p. 207, pi. xiv. figs. 4, 5 (1888).
Tuticoriu, two females with ova. and two males (Thurston) ; Ceylon (Ualij).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 58

406 'SIR. J. E. IIEXDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

The largest specimen, a female, is covered by a sponge ; its carapace is 19'5 mm. long
and 19 mm. in breadth.

Distribution. V\.q(\. ^ea, {Bi'q^pell) ; Moziimhique (IlllgeiidorJ) ; Mevgai {De Man).

196. Dromidia atjstraliensis (Haswell).

D. australiensis (Haswell), De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 396, Taf. xvii. fig. 6 (1888).

Silavaturai Par, three mal(\s {Thurston).

These certainly belong to the species as figured and described by De Man. One
specimen is covered by a sponge ; the largest is only 9 mm. long.
Distribution. E. Australia [Ilasioell) ; Amboina {De 31aii).

Genus Cryptodkomia, Stimpson.

197. Cryptodromia pentagonalis, Hilgeudorf.

C. pentagonaUs, Hilgendorf, Mouatsb. Ak. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 814, Taf. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1878).
Muttuwartu Par, four specimens (one covered by a sponge) ; Silavaturai Par, two

specimens {Thurston).

I refer these with some uncertainty to this species, as the antero-lateral margin of
the carapace is scarcely so long as represented by Hilgendorf ; otherwise they agree
well with it, and are identical with specimens from Mauritius named G. pentagonaUs
in the British Museum. The Silavaturai examples have a rudimentary tooth or almost
an indentation on the lateral margin of the caraj)ace, between the antero-lateral angle
and the tootli which marks the cervical groove. A trace of this may also be seen in the
Muttuwartu examples, but it is not represented by Hilgendorf. A more prominent
tooth is seen in the same 2)Osition in C. tomentosa. Heller (= C. canaliculata, Stm., fide
De Man), and as the latter species otherwise resembles C. pentagonaUs perhaps the two
are not distinct.

Distrilmtion. I1)o, E. Africa {Hilgendorf) ; Mauritius {Brit. 2Ius.).

Genus Dromia, Eabr.

198. Dromia RrMPHii, Eabr.

D. RumjjJdi (Fabr.), De Haaii, Crust. Japon. p. 107, tab. xx\ii. (1850).

Ceylon {Haly).

Distribution. Red Sea, E. Africa, Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, Japan.

Genus Pseudodbomia, Stimpson.

199. PsEUDODROMiA INTEGRIFRONS, Henderson. (PL XXXVIII. figs. 7-9.)
P. integrij'runs, Henderson, ' Challenger ' Anomura, p. 16, footnote (1888).

Tuticorin, two females with ova {Thurston).

The carapace is smooth and polished, very sparingly pubescent, and regularly convex,
l)otb from side to side and from end to end. The surface is a little uneven, and the
branchio-cardiac and cervical grooves are well marked, the latter iudenting the lateral

TO INDIAX CAECINOLOGT. 407

margin of the carapace behind its middle. The front is entire and subacute, without
any trace of lateral teeth ; it is somewhat deflexed and the upper surface is not
channelled or hollowed out, but continuous with that of the carapace. The antero-
lateral margin is very short, merely corresponding to the superior orbital margin ; it is
regularly curved and without teeth. The lateral margin is very long and entire,
somewhat ill-defined, /. e. rounded, for the first or most anterior Imirth of its length.
The subhepatic region has two slight and subparallel sulci, the upper of wliieh is very
short, and contains a fissure passing back from the poorly marked external orbital angle ;
the pterygostomial region is membranous. The eyes are somewhat elongated, and the
lower orbital margin is formed simply by the antennal peduncle. The rostrum when
viewed from below is seen to have an inferior vertical extension, whicli partly separates
the antennules, but which in this genus is not joined to the epistome, althou!.;h it comes
very close to it.

The chelipedes and ambulatory legs are covered with a short brown pubescence, most
dense on the former. The chelipedes, witli the exception of their fingers, are devoid of
teeth or tubercles, and the hand is only slightly dilated. The first tlu-ee pairs of ambu-
latory legs have strongly curved horny dactyli, and the third pair have a prominent lobe
at the outer distal end of the carpus. The elongated last pair of legs have the carpal
joint lying on the branchial region of the carapace in the cervical groove ; the dactylus.
unlike that of the other legs, is straight, and the distal end of the propodus carries three
spinules. The abdominal segments in tlic female are smooth, witli a broad rounded
median carina. The sternal sulci commence opposite the coxye of the last legs, and,
converging opposite the oviductal openings, run parallel as far as the interspace between
the bases of the chelipedes and first pair of legs, where they are sejiarated by a double or
saddle-shaped tubercle.

The larger specimen is without chelipedes, and has the carapace 19 mm. long, and
15 mm. broad immediately in front of tlie cervical groove, the distance between the
external orbital angles is 7 mm. ; the first leg is 20 mm. long, second leg 21 mm.,
third leg 1 1-5 mm., fourth or last leg 22 mm. (all the legs measured from below and
stretched as far as possible). The smaller specimen, although also boarini; ova. is onh
14 mm. long.

Both specimens are enveloped in a membranous covering apparently formed by an
ascidian. From P. latens, Stm. (Simon's Bay, Cape), the only other known species of
this genus, the one just described may be distinguished at once liy its entire front,
whereas in Stimpson's species as is usual in the group, the rostrum is tridentate.

Genus CoNCn(i:cETES, Stimpson.
200. CoNCiicECETES AKTiFiciosTJs (Fabr.).

Dromia artijiciosa, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 3G0 (1798).

Cancer ar/ijiriosfi, Ilerbst, Natiu-g. Krabbcu n. Krcbsc, Bd. iii. Heft 3, p. 54, tab. Iviii. fig. 7 (1803).

Conchoecvt.es arlijiciosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Dec. 1858, p. 'Z2Q.

Dromia conchifera, Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust, p. 1-11, pi. iii. fig. \ (1882).

Madras, not uncommon {J. B. II.).

5S*

408 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

The whole surface of tlie body and limbs is covered with a short dense pubescence.
The carapace is flattened, and smooth under the pubescence, except towards the lateral
margins where a few granules occur ; the whole under surface is finely granulated.
The amount of granulation on the palm of the chelipedes varies in different individuals ;
the granules are polished and are sometimes arranged in lines. The fingers and the
granules on the palm are crimson, a character mentioned by Haswell. The sternal sulci
of the female end in tubercles opposite the bases of the first pair of ambulatory legs. In
Herbst's figm^e the lateral teeth of the carapace are exaggerated in size.

In the British Museum there are specimens from Moroton Bay, Australia, labelled
Conchcecetes conchifera, Haswell, which are not specifically distinct from those described
above, and my examples also agree completely with Haswell's description and figure ;
so his species must therefore, I think, be united with C. artijiciosus.

The largest male is 23 mm. long and 24 mm. broad ; the right chelipede is 38 mm. long.

Distribution. China {Stimpsoii) ; N.E. Australia [Haswell, Brit. 3Iiis.) ; Singapore
[Walker).

Group E^ANINIDEA.

Genus Raninoides, Milne-Edw.
201. Raninoides serratifrons, n. sp. (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 10-12.)

Cheval Par, a female [Thurston).

The carapace is minutely granulated in front, especially along a line connecting the
two lateral spines of the carapace and in the space between this line and the frontal
margin. Painter granulations are also seen towards the sides of the carapace, but they
disappear entirely about half-way back ; the remainder of the upper surface is smooth
and glabrous. The median frontal projection is broad and its apex obtuse, but scarcely
rounded, while the margins are armed with small spinose teeth ; the rest of the frontal
margin or upper orbital margin is finely serrated and presents two subeqaal fissures,
the lobe between which is drawn out into a short spine or tooth. The outer fissure is
bounded externally by the prominent antero-lateral spine. On the upper surface of
the rostrum and in the middle line a slight carina runs from the apex as far back as
the granulated transverse line connecting the two lateral spines. A single lateral spine
occurs on each side of the carapace, a short distance behind the antero-lateral spine, and
it is slightly smaller than the latter. The Ijasal joint of the antennal peduncle, which
forms the lower boundary of the orbit, is finely spiuulose.

The chelipedes have the iscliium unarmed and tlie merus dilated externally at its base ;
the carpus is finely granulated above, and has a sliort spine at the distal end of the upper
and inner margins. The hand is finely granulated, and the lower margin carries three
spines, of which the first or proximal is small and the other tAvo larger and subequal ;
on the upper surface are two fine subparallel ridges, separated by a narrow interval.
The fingers are slender, curved, and compressed ; the immobile one with five denticles on
its inner margin. The external maxillipedes have tlie merus faintly granular, and the
ischium is about one third of its length longer than the merus, and almost smooth.

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 409

The pterygostomial regions are faintly granulated. The sternal region resembles that of
B. ])ersoHatus, but is narrower between the second pair of legs.

The total leugth of the body, with the al)domen extended, is 20 mm. ; the carapace is
14 mm. long and 7"3 mm. wide.

In the British Museum there is a single specimen of this species, taken by H.M.S.
' Penguin ' on Holothuria Bank, N.W. Australia, at a depth of 39 fathoms. It also is a
female, but considerably larger than the Ceylon example, having a total length of 31 mm.,
with the carapace 22 mm. long and 11'7 mm. wide. Its nearest ally is R.personaliis,
Henderson, from Amboina, but the two are readily distinguished. In R. personutus, the
carapace is scarcely granulated even in front, the rostrum is entire, and there is no spine
or tooth between the fissures ; on the chelipedes there is a spine at the inferior distal end
of the ischium, two spines on the upper distal end of the carpus, and one on the propodus
over the base of the mobile finger ; the immobile linger also is much broader than in
the new species. B. Icevis, Latr., is a much larger species, with very deep frontal fissures,
and the lateral spine larger than the autero-lateral, besides other points of difference.

Group IIlPPIDEA.

Genus IIippa, Fabr.

202. HiPPA ASIATICA, Milne-Edw.

H. asiatica (Milne-Eclw.), Miers, Journ. Liiiu. Soc, Zool. vol. siv. p. 325, pi. v. tig. 11 (1877).
Eameswaram {Thurston). Abundant at Madras and on the S. Indian coast generally,
burrowing in sand at low water {J. B. H.).

Distribution. Indian Seas, Ceylon, Malay Archipelago.

Genus Albunea, Fabr.

203. Albunea symnista (Linn.).

A. symnista (Linn.), Miers, Jouni. Linn. Sor;., Zool. vol. xiv. p. 326 (1877).
Rameswaram {Thurston). Common on the S. Indian coast in sand at low water; less
common at Madi-as than Ulppa asiatica {J. B. H.).

Distrilmtion. Mascarencs, Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago.

204. Albunka Tuurstoni, n. sp. (I'l. XXXVIII. figs. 13-15.)

Cheval Par, five specimens {Thtirston).

The carapace is glabrous and faintly cjirinated in the middle line, witli the same lines
marking it which are seen in tlie other species of the genus. The surface is slightly
pubescent between the frontal margin and ihe most anterior line on tlie carapace. The
median frontal spine is acute, and does not extend as far as the apices of the submedian
spines which bound tlie central concavity in which the median spine is placed. On
either side of the central concavity are eight or nine spinules ; the first or submediau
is of moderate size, the second to fifth inclusive are small, the sixth to eighth are larger

410 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTIOX

even than the first, and the ninth is small or even absent. The second, third, and fourth
spinules are rudimentary or even absent in some specimens. The antero-lateral or sub-
hepatic spine is prominent (much more so than in A. microps). The eye-peduncles are
narrow and elongated, the length exceeding twice the breadth at the base ; the breadth
is slightly greater at the middle than at the base, the outer margin is convex, and the
apex is pointed. The cornea is minute and not placed on any special lobe.

Thechelipedes and legs resemble those of the other species of the genus. Theouter surface
of the hand has comparatively few short pubescent ridges or lines, the longest being one
which runs obliquely across nearly two thirds of the outer surface and ends on the immo-
bile finger. The telson is ovate in outline, with the outer margin regularly arcuate and the
apex subobtuse ; the upper surface is non-pubescent, and has three faint carinse confined
to its middle portion, i. e. not running from end to end.

The largest specimen, a male, is 14-5 mm. long when the abdomen is extended, and
the carapace is 7"5 mm. in breadth at the front.

This sj)ecies is most nearly allied to A. microps, Miers (Sooloo Sea and Celebes Sea), m
which species, however, the eye-peduncles are shorter and broader, with the cornea on a
small constricted lobe ; the telson is not regularly arcuate externally, and its upper surface
is pubescent. A . sijeciosa, Dana, from the Sandwich Islands, has the eye-peduncles slender,
but their outer margins concave. The eye-stalks of our species resemble most those of
A. Gibbesii, Stm., a very distinct species from the south-east coast of the United States.

1 have pleasure in naming this interesting species after my friend Mr. Thurston, of the-
Madras Museum, by whom it was discovered.

Group Pagubidea.

Genus Ccenobita, Latr.

205. CfflNOBiTA RUGOSA, Miluc-Edw.

C. rtiffosa (Milne-Edw.), Hendersou , ' Challenger ' ADomura, p. 51 (1888), nbi synon.

Rameswarara, Tuticoriu, and Silavaturai Par {Tlmrston). Common on tlie S. Indian
coast {J.B.S.).

Distribution. From the Eed Sea, E. Africa, and Natal to Japan, AustraUa, and the
Pacific.

206. CcENOBiTA COMPKESSA, Miluc-Edw.

C. compressa (Milne-Edw.), Ortmaun, Zoolog. Jalirbiicher, Bd. 6, Abtli. f. Syst, p. 318,^Taf. xii. fig. 23

(1892), ubi synon.

( = 6'. violascens, Heller).

Not uncommon in the back waters along the Madras coast {J. B. II.).
Distribution. E. Africa {Hilgendorf, Hoffmann) ; Ceylon (Ortmann) ; Nicobars (Heller) ;
Mergui [De Man) ; Malay Archipelago (Miers, De Man) ; Japan (De Haan).

TO IXDJAX CAKCIXOLOaY. 411

Genus Diogenes, Dana.

Great confusion exists as to the nomenclature of the commonest and longest known

members of this genus. I have therefore drawn up in tabular form below, a synopsis of

the species described by last-centuiy wi-itei-s, arranged according to order of publication,

and showing the probable interpretation of eacli, or the name which the; species now bears.

Linuseus, 1 7G7 Cancer Diogenes Probably several species included uuder

Syst. Nat. torn. i. pars 2. this name.

Fabricius, 1775 Pu<jurus DicMjenes Description copied from Linnicus.

Syst. Eiit.

Fabricius, 1787 PagiirKs Dio(jeiies Species uurecoguizable, perhaps a

Mantissa Insect, torn. i. Pagiwus*.

Parjurus mUcs D. miles ( Herbst) .

Fabricius had evidently seen the
then unpublished figure of Herbst,
for he refers the species to Cancer
miles, Herbst.

Herbst, 1791 1 Cancer Diogenes D.Diogenes (Herbst).

Naturgcs. Krabbcn u. Krebse,
Bd, ii. Heft 1.

Cancer miles D. wi/e* (Herbst).

Fabricius, 1 793 Pagurus Diogenes Species unrecognizable.

Ent. Syst. torn. ii.

Pagurus mites D. miles { Herbst) .

(Both the above are copied from the
' Mantissa Inscctorura.')

Fabricius, 1798 Pagurus Diogenes Species iinrecognizable.

Suppl. Ent. Syst.

Pagurus miles Probably D. Diogenes (Herbst).

Pagurus custos Probably D. cusfos (Fa))r.) , ;\Iiluc-Edw.

Pagurus diaphanus D. miles (Herbst).

The first writer to definitely characterize any of the species is Herbst, and on Taf xxii.
of his work he gives clear and unmistakable figures of two of the commoner forms, which
I shall redescribe in the following pages as Diogenes Diogenes % (Herbst) and I>. miles
(Herbst). The sliort diagnoses of Eabricius, published four years earlier in the 'Mantissa
Insectorvim,' were probably intended to characterize the same species, and in the case of
the second, viz. Pagnrus miles, Fabricius makes reference to the then unpublished figure
of Herbst. Tn the ' Supplementuin l<]iitomologiLe Systematicaj,' published seven years after
Herbst's description of the two above-named sjjecies, confusion is apparent — lierbst's Cancer

* Dc Haaii referred this species to P. csjiei-sus, Berthold.

t Herbst's work appeared in parts published between 17S2 and 1304 ; the date given is that of the part in which
the two species of Diogenes are described.

X Identical generic and specific names are perhaps objectionable, but the other alternative, of changing a long-
established specific name because it has at some later period been adopted for the genus, appears to me still more objec-
tionable. The latter plan was adopted by Dana in the Paguridaj, and his species Clibana,-i)is vnh/nris and Aniculus
typiats should, in my opinion, stand as Glihaaarim cihaaarius (Herbst) and Aniculus aniculus (Fahr.).

412 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTION

miles is now termed Pagurus diaphanns, and what is probably the Cancer Diogenes of
Herbst is termed Pagurus miles. A new species, Pagurus cuslos, appears in this work
for the first time, and there can be little doubt that it represents the very common Indian
species which Milne-Edwards and others identified from Fabricius's short diagnosis.
De Man, in his Report on the Mergui Crustacea, has referred to the Pagurus miles of
Fabricius the species which I follow Milne-Edwards in regarding as P. custos, Fabr. ; this
determination was based on an examination of the type of the former, which is unfortu-
nately in a fragmentary state and some of the most important parts are missing, but I
imagine there has been some mistake in connexion with the labelling of the specimen,
for it does not agree with Fabricius's later diagnosis of P. miles. An examination of
types is not likely to be of much service in this case, for it appears almost certain that
Fabricius described two distinct species under the name of P. miles.

The species described by Milne-Edwards in the ' Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces ' as
P. miles, P. custos, and P. diaphamis are, in my opinion, identical with those so named
by Fabricius in the ' Supplementum Entomologise Systematicse,' and, as I have pointed
out, Herbst's earlier names must be adopted in the case of two of these.

207. Diogenes Diogenes (Herbst).

Cancer Diof/enes, Herbst, Naturges. Krabben u. Krebse, Bd. ii. Heft 1, p. 17, Taf. xxii. fig. 5 (1791).

Fagurus miles, Fabricius, Suppl. Eut. Syst. p. 412 (1798) ; ^Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 235
(1837).

Diogenes miles. Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. pt. i. p. 439, pi. xxvii. fig. 9 (1852) ; nee D. miles,
De Man.

Rameswaram and Tuticorin ( Thurston). Common at Madras and on the S. Indian coast
generally {J. B. R.).

The ophthalmic process is narrow and elongate, exceeding the ophthalmic scales by almost
half its length, and the distal half is armed with well-developed lateral spiuules. The
eye-stalks are slender and faintly curved, slightly exceeding the penultimate joint of the
antennal peduncle ; the outer border of the ophthalmic scales is straight for the greater
part of its course, and armed with minute spinules which increase in size towards the
apex of each scale. The antennal peduncle is elongated ; the antennal acicle is bifurcate
and minutely spinose, with the outer process considerably longer than the inner, and
extending almost to the distal end of the penultimate peduncular joint ; the flagellum is
rather long and sparingly pubescent. The antennular peduncle is elongated, exceeding
the antennal peduncle by almost half the length of its terminal joint.

The hand of the left chelipedc is armed externally and on its upper and lower margins
with strong, bkmt, pointed spines, which are, however, deficient on an oblique area
extending from the carpo-propodal articulation to the base of the immobile fiuger ; the
dactylus is armed with two rows of similar spines— one on the upper border and the other
on the outer surface. The ambulatory legs are strongly pubescent, more especially their
dactyh, and the anterior siuface of the three terminal joints is armed Avith short horny-
tipped spinules, which are arranged in three rows on the propodus.
The total length of the body in a full-grown adult is aboui 00 mm.
Distribution. Indian Seas {Fabricius, Milne-Edicards, &c.) ; Madras and Nicobars

TO INDTA^Sr CAECINOLOGY. 413

{Heller) ; Sooloo Sea {Dana) ; New South Wales {Dana, Bess). Krauss records the
species from Natal, and Eichter records it fi-oni ^ladagascar, but their specimens were
perhaps referahle to some other Diogenes *.

208. Diogenes mekguiensis, De Man.

D. merguiensis, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 22^, pi. xv. figs 4-6 (1888).

Muttuwartu Par, an adult male [Thurston); not vmcommon at Madras {J. B. II.).

This species has been so fully described by De Man that only the more important
differences between it and the foregoing species — to which undoubtedly it is closely allied —
need be pointed out. The ophthalmic process is narrow and slender, but not twice the
length of the ophthalmic scales ; it ends in a pointed spine and is sparingly provided with
lateral spinules, which appear to arise from the dorsal surface. The eye-stalks, antennal
and antennular peduncles, are comparatively shorter than those of I). Diogenes. The
ophthalmic scales are somewhat narrow, with the marginal spiniiles rather prominent
towards tlie apex. The antennal acicle is deeply cleft, the outer process passing beyond
the distal end of the penultimate peduncular joint, while the inner process scarcely extends
so far; both processes are sparingly spinose on the inner margin. The antennular
peduncle exceeds that of the antenna only by about one-fourth of its last joint.

The chelipcdes and ambulatory legs are covered with short hairs or sette, which in most
places radiate fi-ora tubercles. The hand of the left chelipede is short and broad, and
the outer surface is covered with subacute sctigerous tubercles, which are somewhat
deficient on the immobile finger. Tlie upper margin of the whole chelipede is distinctly
spinose. The anterior margin of the ambulatory legs is also spinose, the spines being
most strongly developed on the carpi ; the dactyli are shorter and less strongly curved
than those of D. Diogenes, with the posterior surface hollowed out from side to side, and
the spinules of the anterior margin almost obsolete.

The lar^-est specimen I have seen was 53 mm. in total length. In a young specimen
onlv 14 mm. long, all the distinctive featvires are recognizable, but as usual there is
a tendency to exaggerated spinulation.

Although this is perhaps the species figured by Milne-Edwards as Pagurus miles
(Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, Zool., t. vi. pi. xiv. fig. 2, 1836), yet his description applies much
better to D. Diogenes.

Distribution. Mergui [De Man).

209. Diogenes miles (Herbst).

Cancer miles, Herbst, Naturges. Krabbon ii. Krebsc, Bd. ii. Heft 1, p. 19, Taf. xxii. fig. 7 (1791).

Par/iinis fliaphaniis, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. -U2 (1798) ; Mihie-Edwarcl.s, Hist. Nat. Crust.
t. ii. p. 2:iG (1837).

Rameswaram and Silavaturai Par {T/iurston) ; common at Madras {J. B. II.).

This species lives invariably in shells with a narrow aperture, and its marked pecnli-
aritics of form are due to this fact ; at ]Madras it is nearly always found in Olim shells,
and tlie adult, so far as I know, always selects the shell of Olica gibbosa. Born. The

* In the British :Mus(.'um collection there are exaraples of a large and perfectly distinct species from Natal.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 59

414 MR. J. R. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

body is remarkably flattened, and the hand of the left chelipede is bent almost at a right
angle to the rest of the limb ; the left carpus is produced into a strong blunt lobe on the
inner margin. The ophthalmic process is narrow and exceeds the ophthalmic scales by
nearly half its length ; the distal two thirds are laterally spinulose. Tlie ophthalmic
scales are very slightly arcuate externally, and spinulose, the largest spinule being
situated at the apex. The antennular peduncles are short, the eyes reaching almost to the
middle of the last peduncular joint The antennal acicle reaches the distal end of the
penultimate peduncular joint ; it is very slightly produced internally, but not bifurcate,
and the inner margin is spinulose. The eyes slightly exceed the end of the antennal
acicle on each side. The antennal flagellum is short and fringed with long bairs.

The hand of the left chelipede is almost smooth externally, but granulated on the
upper and lower margins ; the upper margin of the mobile finger is serrate. The ambu-
latory dactyli are faintly serrate along the anterior margin and are very long, being
exactly twice the length of the propodi when both are measured along the anterior
margin.

It attains a somewhat smaller size than the last species.

Distrihtifion. Indian Seas {Serbst, Fahricim, Miers); Ceylon {liters).

10. Diogenes ctistos (Fabr.).

Pagurus custos, Fabricius, Snppl. Ent. Syst. p. 412 (1798) ; INIilne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii.
p. 236 (1837) ; iiec Dior/enes custos, Dana.

Diogenes miles, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 232, pi. xv. figs. 7-9 (1888).

Rameswaram {Thurston). Abundant on the S. Indian coast; at Madras it is the
commonest species of the genus {J. JR. S.).

The ophthalmic process is narrow and elongated, exceeding the ophthalmic scales by half
its length, and the distal three-fourths are armed with lateral spinules which increase in
size towards the apex. The eye-stalks scarcely exceed the penultimate joint of the
antennal peduncle ; the ophthalmic scales are subtriangular, with the outer border spinulose
and the largest spinule situated at the apex. The antennal acicle is spinulose and bifur-
cated, the inner process scarcely reaching the middle of the penultimate peduncular joint,
while the outer process extends quite to the end of this joint ; tlie antennal flagellum is
moderately long and fringed with long hairs. The antennular peduncle scarcely exceeds
the antennal peduncle.

The hand of the left chelipede is granulated externally, the granules being often less
strongly marked in adults on a circvilar area at the lower proximal surface. The lower
margin of the hand is somewhat flattened proximally, and usually this part is strongly
granulated, while the upper margin is dentate ; the dactylus is granulated externally,
but dentate above, and both fingers are provided with bundles of sette on their inner
margins. The loft merus is liroad, and the antero-external margin (at the carpal articula-
tion) is armed with a row of short spinules ; the left carpus is convex externally and
strongly granulated. The ambulatory legs are pubescent, more especially their dactyli ;
the anterior surface of the meri and carpi is armed with short stout spines ; the propodi
are granulated externally, and their anterior margin, as well as that of the dactyli,
is armed with short subspinose tubercles.

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGT. 415

The total length of an adult is about 55 ram.

There is considerable variation in this species as regards the amount of granulation on
the larger chela ; indeed, I have met uith a few specimens in which the granules are
almost subspiniform. The marginal teetli of the carpus, hand, and finger are much more
pj'ominent in some individuals than in others, but are never absent ; the form of the hand
also varies slightly. I met with a specimen in wliich the left chela had the characters
of a fully-developed right chela; it had jjrobably been repaired, but in any case illustrated
a reversion to the primitive state of equal and similar chelipedes. De Man has recently
described an allied species D. iiitermedlus, from Celebes (Max Weber's Crust, p. 352),
which is apparently distinguished among otlier characters by its more deeply cleft an-
tennal acicle, the inner fork of wliich extends beyond the middle of the penultimate
peduncular joint, and by the granules on the outer surface of the larger chela being less
numerous, but sharp and subspiniform.

Distrlbutiou. Indian Seas {Fahricius, 2Iilue-Edii:unh) ; Mergui {Be Man).

211. Diogenes affinis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 1, 2.)

D. custus, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Expcd. pt. i. p. 439, pi. xxvii. tig. 10 (i<S52j ; Hcndei'sou,
'Challenger' Anomura, p. 53 (1888), ncc D. custos, Fabr.

Madras, eight specimens ; not common (J. E. H.).

This species is closely allied to D.cuslos, but distinguished as follows : — The ophthalmic
process is short, and broad especially towards its distal end, extending only to the ends of the
ophthalmic scales, or very slightly beyond these, with the lateral spinules almost obsolete,
but the terminal ones well developed and in line with the spinules of the scales. The eye-
stalks, antennal and autennular peduncles, are relatively shorter and stouter than in
jD. castas ; the antennal flagellum is stout and not twice the length of the peduncle, with
long fringing hairs, whereas in D. ciiatos it is considerably longer. The antennal acicle does
not reach the end of the penultimate peduncular joint, and is scarcely produced intern-
ally at its base, certainly not bifurcate as in I), custos. The antcnnular peduncles are
barely as long as the antennal peduncles, whereas in J), custos they are slightly longer.

The hand of the left chelipede is shorter and broader, also more compressed and the
finscrs more abbreviated than in J), custos, w hile the lower margin of the immobile
finger is thin and slightly sinuous. 1\\ other respects the two species closely agree.

The largest specimen is 35 mm. long, and a female with ova is only 20 mm. in total
length.

All my specimens share the above characters and do not vary to any great extent from
each other. I have compared thctn with a large series of D. custos of similar size, from
Madras. The species may be recognized at once by the characters of the ophthalmic
process, but as a general shortening seems to have taken place in connection with the
eye-stalks, antennal and antennular peduncles, it may possibly come to be regarded as
merely a variety of D. custos ; I do not, however, think this probable, and in any case
it is worthy of a distinctive name. There can be no doubt that it is the species figured
by Dana as D. custos ; I have re-examined the Australian specimen which I referred to
D. custos, in the Eeport on the ' Challenger' Anomura, and I lind it identical with the

59*

416 MR. J. R. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

Madras exainples. The B. custos of Stimpson, Hess, and Orlmaun, from New South
Wales and Queensland, is also probably referable to the present species.
Distribution. New South Wales {Dana, Henderson) ; 3Iadras {J. B. //.).

212. Diogenes violaceus, n. sp. (PL XXXIX. figs. 3, 4.)
Madras, common ; many specimens (J. B. H.).

The ophthalmic process is elongated, exceeding the oplithalraic scales by nearly half
its length, with the distal two thirds laterally spiuulose, and the terminal spinules rather
long. The outer margin of the ophthalmic scales is straight and spinulose, the distal
spinule being larger than the others. The antennal acicle is short, with a very slightly
produced inner process, and the outer process scarcely reaches the commencement of
the last peduncular joint. The eye-stalks slightly exceed the penultimate joint of the
antennal peduncle. The antennular peduncles are short, and do not extend beyond the
antennal peduncles. The antennal fiagellum is short, with comparatively few long
fringing hairs.

The left chelipede has the carpus, hand, and fingers elongated, and the outer . surface
of all uniformly and finely granulated ; a faint dentate line is seen on the upper margin
of the carpus, hand, and mobile finger, and the lower and outer surface of the carpus is
subsulcate. The lower margin of the immobile finger is placed in the same straight
line as the lower margin of the hand. On the outer surface of the hand, at the carpal
articulation, starting from the proximal and lower angle, is an oblique subcristiform
elevation. The fingers are slightly incurved, their apices are acute, and a few small
tufts of hair are seen on the opposing edges. The ambulatory legs have the anterior
margin of the carpi and propodi faintly dentate and pubescent ; the dactyli are slender.

Length of body 26 mm., of left chelipede 28 mm., carp)us 7 mm., pi'opodus 12 mm.
long and G mm. in height, dactylus 7'5 mm. long, and the second ambulatory leg
28 mm. long.

The colour in fresh specimens is violet. This species differs from D. custos in size,
colour, and the form of the left chelipede. It is distinguished from all the smaller
species of the genus by its spinulose ophthalmic process.

213. Diogenes planimanus, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 5, G.)

Rameswaram, one specimen {J. R. H.) ; Madras, not common, four specimens
{J. B. n.).

The ophthalmic process is narrow and lanceolate, tapering towards the apex, and only
exceeding the ophthalmic scales by about one third of its length ; it is sparingly armed
with minute lateral spinules, of which a subaj)ical pair are most prominent. The
ophthalmic scales have the lateral margin straight and spinulose, the spinules slightly
increasing in size towards the apex. The antennal acicle is short, not reaching the
end of the penultimate peduncular joint; it is slightly produced internally, but scarcely
bifurcate, and the spinulose inner margin appears regularly concave. The eye-stalks

TO IXDIAX CARCIXOLOGr. 417

reach the middle of the last antcnnal peduncular joint, and the antennal peduncles are
aliout equal in length to the antennular peduncles.

The left chelipede has the merus more distinctly trigonal than usual, the upper border
being rather thin and compressed, and armed with acute teeth, the most distal of whicli
is most prominent. Tlie carpus has a longitudinal row of pointed tubercles on its outer
surface, from four to seven in number, and of which one near the distal end is most
prominent; between this row and the dentate inner margin, on Avhich there are about
thirteen teeth, is a comparatively smooth and almost sulcate surface ; the remainder of
the outer surface is slightly tuberculate, and on the antero-external margin bounding
the carpo-propodal articulation are three well-marked spinose tubercles. The left
hand is slightly bent at an angle to the carpus, as in D. miles. The palm is covered
externally with small glabrous graimles, which are most crowded along the lower
margin; tlie outer surface is flattened, more especially on the lower half, and the
flattened portion is bounded proxiraally by a short ridge, which runs parallel to the
carpal articulation, and on which the granules are almost subspinose. The upper margin
of the hand and mobile finger is finely dentate. The ambulatory legs are comparatively
smooth, the most prominent spiuules being seen on the carpi, and especially towards
their distal ends ; the dactyli are rather broad, and only about one third longer than the
propodi. The propodus of the second left leg presents glabrous tuberculiform elevations
on its upper margin.

A female is 30 mm. long, the left chelipede (which cannot be fully straightened) is
18 mm. long, carpus 6 mm., hand 11 mm. long and 6 mm. in height, dactylus G5 mm.
long ; second ambulatory leg 28 mm. long, its propodus 7 mm., and its dactylus
10"5 mm.

This species is sufficiently characterized by the form of its ophthalmic process, the
flattened hand of the left chela, and the armature of the carpus.

211. Diogenes avaktts. Heller.

n. arnriix, Heller, 'Novara ' Crust, p.' 8.3, Taf. vii. fi<?. 2 (180."^).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Eameswaram, l)etween tide-marks; Madras and Eunore, not
uncommon (J. R. U).

This small species is easily recognized by its narrow elongated left chelipede, the
carpus of which is longer than the palm. Tlie antero-lateral margins of the carapace
are eitlicr unarmed, or at most provided with nearly imperceptible spinules. The
ophthalmic process is narrow and entire, scarcely reaching the apices of the ophthalmic
scales. The ophthalmic scales are siibentire, with merely a few marginal spinules
towards the apex. The antennal acicle is short and straight.

The carpus and hand of the larger cliela are finely granulated externally, and minutely
dentate along the upper margin. The hand is subcostate externally, the costa being
ill-detined ; the immobile finger is deflexcd and not in the same straight liiu' as the lower
margin of the hand. The ambulatory legs are smooth.

4,18 ME. J. K. HENDERSON— A CONTEIBUTION

The largest specimen I have examined is only 20 mm. in length ; Heller's type was

22 mm. long.

The specimen from Singapore, figured by Walker as perhaps a variety of D. acavus,
is not, I think, referable to this species.

Distribution. Bay of Bengal— Nicobars {Heller) ; Mergui {Ba Ilaii).

215. Diogenes costatus, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 7, S.)

Rameswaram, one specimen; Tuticoriu, one specimen [Thtirston) ; Madras, not
common, twelve specimens {J. B. If.).

The ophthalmic process is very narrow and entire, not reaching the apices of the
ophthalmic scales. The ophthalmic scales are subtriangulate, with merely two or three
spinules towards the apex. The antennal aoicle is straight, scarcely reaching the distal
end of the penultimate peduncular joint, witli no trace of bifurcation, and with from
six to eight well-marked spinules on the inner margin. The eye-stalks scarcely reach
the middle of the last antennal peduncular joint. The antennular peduncles are longer
than the antennal peduncles by nearly half the length of their last (antennular) joint.
The antero-lateral margin of the carapace is armed with about seven spinules.

The left chelipede has the merus dentate along its inferior margin. The carpus is
granulated externally, and the upper margin carries about twelve short teeth, of which
the distal one is larger than any of the others ; the antero-external margin, bounding the
carpo-propodal articulation, carries about sis small teeth, and a few are also seen on the
lower distal margin. The baud is almost smooth externally, but has a prominent,
though short, oblique granulated ridge, commencing at the proximal inferior angle and
passing for some distance parallel to the carpal articulation ; the upper margin is pro-
vided with subspiuiform granules, and a few more sliglitly marked granules are seen on
the lower margin, which is faintly concave, i. e. the immobile finger is not in the
same straight line, but is somewhat deflexed. The upper margin of the mobile finger
is finely crenated. The ambulatory legs are almost smooth, with the anterior margins
pubescent and very faintly toothed.

Length of body 18 mm., of left chelipede 20 mm., of carpus 5-5 ram. ; the propodus is
8'8 mm. long and 4-8 mm. in height, the dactylus 5'8 mm. long, and the second ambu-
latory leg 21 mm. long.

This species is distinguished by the ridge on the proximal outer surface of the hand.
It is separated from D. avarus, which has a faint longitudinal ridge, by the very diiferent
form of the left chelipede, and by other characters. A trace of the hand ridge is also
seen in the Atlantic D. varians (Costa), but although this species agrees in some respects
with ours, the form of the left chelipede, the armature of the carpus, and tlie proportions
of this joint are quite different in tlie two species. D. (jranulatus, Miers (from West
Australia), judging from the type, which is dried and not in very good order, is an allied
species, but in it the ophthalmic scales are entire, the antero-lateral margin of the
carapace is unarmed, the carpus is less strongly toothed, and has no antero-external
spinules, while the hand is uniformly granulated externally, and has only a very slight
carina.

TO INDIAN CAECIXOLOGY. 419

216. Diogenes rectimanus, Miers.

D. rectimanus, ]\Iicrs, 'Alert' Crust, p. 3n2, \)\. xxvii. fig. C (1881).

Madras, common ; a large series {J. B. H.).

The ophthalmic process is narrow and entire, not exceeding the ophthalmic scales ;
the latter are rounded, and with few marginal spinules. The antennal acicle is undivided,
with the inner margin S2:)inulose. The lower margin of the left hand is straight and
spinose ; the outer surface of this joint is flattened and slightly pubescent, Avith a few
spinules chiefly arranged along an oblique line near the upper margin, which is itself
dentate ; the fingers are very short, and tlie lower border of the iumiobile one is in a
straight line with the lower border of the hand.

The average length is al^out 25 mm.

Bistrihiition. Prince of Wales Channel, N. Australia; 7 fathoms (Jliers).

Genus Pagukus, Tabricius.

217. Pagurus puncttjlatus, Olivier.

P. punctulatus (Oliv.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 222 (1837) ; Dana, Crust. U.S.
Explor. Expcd. pt. i. p. 451, pi. xxviii. fig. 4 (1852).

Tuticorin {Thurston) ; common on the reef at Ptamcswaram {J. E. II.).

This common species reaches a considerable size. The eye-stalks, even in spirit
specimens, arc of a \ery deep red colour, and the cornese are defined by a white line.

The Cancer megistos figured by Herbst is undoubtedly a representation of the present
species, but the draughtsman has supplied it with an altogether fanciful abdomen.

iJislribnlion. Prom tlie Picd Sea and E. Africa to China, Australia, and the Pacific.

218. Paoukus Hessii, Miers.

P. Ilcssii, Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 20]., pi. xxviii. fig. A (1884).

P. similimanus, Henderson, 'Challenger' Anomura, p. 59, pi. vi. fig. 6 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, two specimens (Oates); Madras, not uncommon {J. H. U.).

This species, in regard to its chelipedes, has the general appearance of a CUbanarius, but
its cephalic region is that of a true Pagurus. The colour-markings are characteristic,
the bands being red, especially on the under surface, while the under surface of the
propodus of the first and second ambulatory legs, and the sides of the cyc-stalks, are
banded with reddish brown. The figure in the ' Alert ' Crustacea somewhat exaggerates
the size of tlie eyes, and Miers states that the antennular peduncles scarcely reach the
end of the eye-stalks, whereas they slightly exceed these, and this arrangement is shown
in bis figure. I have re-examined my type of P. similimanus, and find it identical Avith
that of J*. Hessii.

The largest specimen, a male, is G.j mm. long, the right chelipede 50 mm., and the
eye-stalks 10 mm. long.

BistribiUion. Arafura Sea {Miers) ; Celebes Sea {Henderson).

420 MR. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

219. Pagurtjs defokmis, Milne-Edw.

P. deformis, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, Zool. t. vi. p. 272, pi. xiii. fig. 4 (1836) ; id.
Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 222 (1837).

Tuticorin {Thurston); Eameswaram {J. R. E.).

Distribution. From E. Africa to the Pacific (Ousima, Fijis, Tahiti &c.).

220. Pagurtjs vakipes, Heller.

P. varipe.% Heller, Sitzungsli. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. xliv. p. 241, Taf. i. fig. 1, Taf. ii. figs. 2, 3
(1862) ; De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 436 (1888).

(= ? Cancer peduncu/ati's, Herb.st).

Tuticoriu, a male in the sliell of a Bulla ; Muttuwartu Par, a male in the shell of a
Fiisus {Thurston).

In both cases the shells carry several examples of an Actinia. As noted by Miers and
De Man, this sjiecies is distinguished from F. deformis mainly by the absence of a
carina from the immobile finger of the larger chelipede, and by having the penultimate
joint of the third left leg rounded and not ridged on its outer surface. Botli specimens
present a white band on a reddish background, encircling the eye-stalks, and in one the
larger chelipede is mottled with violet. P. deimnatus, Henderson, from the Admiralty
Is., is a closely allied species, l)ut distinguished by the elongated form of the larger
hand, the outer surface of which is uniformly and finely granulated, without tubercles.
Herbst's figure of Cancer pedunculatus is not recoguizaljle.

Distribution. Ued Sea {Heller, De Man) ; E. Africa {Ril(jendorf) ; Malay Archipelago
{Iliers, De Man) ; Australia ( JFhite).

221. Pagurus setifer, Milne-Edw.

P. setifer, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 225 (1837) ; De Haau, Crust. Japon. p. 209
(1850) ; non P. setifer, Hilgendorf, nee De Man, nee Ortmaun.

P. sculptipes, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Dee. 1858, p. 246 ; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb.
Bd. vi. Abth. f. Syst. p. 287 (1892).

P.paviinentatus, Hilgendorf, Mouatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 816, Taf. iii. figs. 1-5 (1878).

Tuticorin {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban {Oates) ; Madras, not uncommon {J. R. FE.).

Much confusion is apparent in regard to this widely distributed and probably common
species. I sent a Madras specimen to Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, who kindly informed
me that it Avas referable to P. setifer, Milne-Edw., and that in his opinion P. sculptij^es,
Stm., is the same species. I had formerly referred my specimens to F . jjavimentattis,
Hilgendorf, with the description and figures of which they closely agree, except that in
Hilgendorf's figure the left hand is somewhat shorter in pro]iortion to its breadth than
is usual in Indian examples. The sculpture of the two terminal joints of the second left
ambulatory leg is very characteristic.

Distribution. E. Africa {Hilgendorf) ; Japan {De FLaan, Stimpson, Ortmaun) ; Australia
{Milne-Fdwards, Brit. Mus.); " Isle of Pines " {Brit. Mus.).

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 421

Geinxs TuoGLOPAGUurs, n.

The front is scarcely produced in the middle. The eyes are moderately slender, the
ophthalmic scales narrow, triangular, and closely approximated. The antennal aciclc is
short and robust ; the antennal flagellum rather short, and fringed witli long hairs.
The chclipedes are shorter than the ambulatory legs, and the left is larger ; the fingers
are almo.st vertical, and their apices are calcareous. The ambulatory legs are slender,
and similar on the t\\o sides.

The species described below inhal)its small holes in coral. The genus comes nearest
to JParjunis, in which, however, the chclipedes are hmger, and the fingers have corneous
apices, the antennal flagellum is long and not ciliated, the ophthalmic scales are broadei-,
and separated by a wide interval which is occupied by a calcified nodule or sclerite ; the
ambulatory legs are usually dissimilar on the two sides, and the species are of much
larger size. In some respects it resembles Parjvristes, but in this genus the chelipedes
are subequal, and the first, or first and second abdominal segments, carry genital
appendages. GrijllopugnrH.'^, Zietz (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austral, vol. x. 1888), which
inhabits cavities in loose stones, has the ophthalmic segment exposed, and provided with
a mobile scale (presumably as in Diogenes), and its structure is otherwise very different.

222. Troglopagurtts manaarensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. tigs. 9-11.)

Tuticorin and TMuttuwartu Par {Thurston).

The carapace is well calcified anteriorly, and somewhat rugose, with a rather deep
semicircular impressed line a short distance behind the front. The median projection of
the front is obtuse, and but slightly produced. The ophthalmic scales are narrow and
triangular, with about six spinules on the outer margin, of which the apical one is
largest. The eye-stalks are slender, reaching the middle of the last antennal peduncular
joint. The antennular peduncles are slightly larger tlian the antennal peduncles. The
antennal acicle is short and broad, scarcely extending beyond the commencement of the
penultimate peduncular joint, with about five small spinules on its inner or sul)terminal
margin ; the antennal flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle, and fringed
inferiorlv with very long hairs.

The left or larger chelipede has the carjius, hand, and fingers spinose and pubescent
above. On tlu; carpus the spin(^s are almost confincnl to the inner margin and the
upper anterior margin ; on the hand they occur chielly along the inner margin, extend-
ing on to the border of the dactylus, while on the upper surface and outer margin,
especially towards the immobile linger, some smaller ones are seen. The fingers arc
tinely and irregularly toothed, with their inner margins practically in contact when
closed. The right chelipede reaches as far as the commencement of the dactylus of tlu*
left chelipcfh^ ; it is strongly pubescent, but has fewer spines than the left. The ambu-
latory legs are slender, and similar on the two sides, with the joints moderately pubescent,
but otherwise smooth ; the dactyli have horny tips, and are almost as long as the
propodi. The margin of the telsou is finely dentate. The abdomen and its appendages
are similar to those of a Fagurus.

SECOND SHRIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V, ^^

422 MK. J. K. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

The largest specimen, a female with ova, is about 20 mm. long ; the chelipedes cannot
be fully straightened, but measured from below the left is 8-3 mm. Ions', and the rio-ht
7 mm. ; the first ambulatory leg is 11 mm. long.

Of about thirty specimens the majority are females carrying eggs, and many are
considerably smaller than the above. Mr. Thurston informed me that the species lived
in minute cavities in coral.

Genus Anictjltjs, Dana.

223. Aniculus aniculus (Fabr.).

Pagurus aniculus (Fabr.), Mihie-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 230 (1837).
Aniculus lypicus, Daua, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. pt. i. p. J'Gl, pi. xxix. fig. 1 (1852).

Tuticorin and Muttuwartu Par ( Thurston).

In addition to the transverse strigose lines on the chelipedes and ambulatory legs,
many long marginal hairs are present, especially on the upper margin of the hands
and on the ambulatory dactyli. The eye-stalks are slightly constricted towards the
middle. The ophthalmic scales are somewhat approximate, and each ends in a single
acute spinule. The rostral projection is separated by a distinct transverse groove from
the rest of the carapace, and, as pointed out by Dana, the median areolet of the anterior
portion of the carapace is distinctly defined, and fusiform in shape. Long hairs are
present at the sides of the carapace, on the antennal and antennular peduncles, and even
on the eye-stalks.

Distribntioit. Erom E. Africa to Japan, Australia, and the Pacific (Wake Is., Pauraotu
Is., Samoa, Fijis, New Zealand, &c.).

224. Aniculus strigatus (Herbst).

Cancer strigatus, Herbst, Naturges. Krabben u. Krebse, Bd. iii. Ileft 4, p. 2o, tab. Ixi. fig. 3 (1804).
Pagurus strigatus, Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. «.20, Taf. ii. fig. 8 (1878) ; Ortmaun,
Zool. Jahrb. Bd. vi. Abtli. f. Syst. p. 285 (1892).

Tuticorin, two specimens (Thurston).

This species evidently lives in shells with a narrow aperture — probably in Cones — and
its body has, in consequence, undergone great flattening. It is distinguished from
A. typicus by the absence of long hairs from the chelipedes and legs, its front is obtuse,
the apex of the ophthalmic scales is bidentate, and tlie general form and colour are
difi'erent. The colour when fresh is very brilliant, the ground tint a deep red becoming
orange in spirit, with the legs and chelipedes encircled by blue lines which soon fade
and disappear. Herbst's figure gives a fair idea of the form, and colour in a faded
specimen.

This species, along with three others belonging to different genera of Paguridte, one
of which has already been referred to in this paper, illustrates a remarkable modification
in the body-form of these hermit-crabs, brought about by a habit which has become
constant, of the species selecting a shell with a narrow elongated mouth or aperture.

TO IXDTAX C\"RCTXOLOrTY. 423

III each the hody has hecome greatly compresserl, with the cai'apace, thoracic sterna, and
abdominal torij^itcs proportionately widened, and tlie chelipedes so formed as to adapt
themselves to the closing- of the aperture. They arc : — Diogenes miles (Hcrhst), Aiii-
culus stngatns (Herbst), Pagitrns platiithomx^, Stm., from the Loo Choo Is., and Cliba-
narius eurystcrnus, Hilgendorf, from Mozamlnque and the Malay Archipelago. In the
last-mentioned species the flattening is less apparent.

Distribution. East Indies {Herhst); Ibo, E. Africa {Hilgendorf) ; Tahiti {Ortmanii).

Genus Clibanarius, Dana.

225. Clibanariis clibanakius (Herbst).

Pagurus clibanarius (Herbst), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 227 (1837).
Clibanarius vulgaris, Dana, Crust. U.S. Ex[)lor. Expcd. pt. i. p. 462 (1852).

Madras, not uncommon {J. i?. H.).

The colour (in spirit) is a reddish orange, and the legs show indistinct and pale
longitudinal bands. My largest specimen, a male, is 70 mm. long, the right chelipode
45 mm. long.

Distribution. ? E. Africa {Biancoiii, Krauss); Penang {Brit. IIus.); Singapore
{W'cdker); Borneo {Miers); ? Hong Kong and Caspar Strait {Slimpson).

226. Clibanarius iNFRASPiXATrs, Hilgendorf.

C. infraspinatus (Hilg.), De Man, JNIcrgui Crust. |). 237 (1888).

Madras, less common than the former species {J. M. H.).

De Man proposes to unite this species with the preceding, but in my opinion they arc
probably distinct. I have never seen a specimen that I had any difficulty in referring
to one or the other form ; they occur in the same locality, and in examining a number of
specimens I lind the characters of each constant at all stages of growth. In C infra-
spinatus the ground-colour is paler, the banding more distinct, a .strong conical tubercle
is present on tiie under surface of the merus of the chelipedes, at the inner proximal
margin of the joint, and the size is much less than in the other species. In C. cliba-
narius the body and legs, generally, carry much moi-e numerous and longer hairs, the
sjiinose tubercles on the upper surface of the chelipedes are more strongly marked, aud
there is no trace of the inferior meral tubercle.

Distribution. lied Sea {Ortmann) ; liombay {Brit. 3Ius.) ; Mergui {De Man) ; Singa-
pore {Hilgendorf, Brit. Mus.); rhilipi)ines {Brit. Mus.) ; Sydney {Ortmann).

227- Clibanarius padavensis, De Man.

C. padave7isis, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 212, pi. \vi. figs. 1-7) (1888).
Tuticorin {Thtirston) ; Rameswaram, l-]imore, ^tadras (J. R. II.).

* This species presents many of the characters of .1. strimtus (Hcrbst),'|to judge from Stimpsou"s short diagnosis:
but, as no mention is made of the strigose lines on the cheli]icdes and legs, it is probably distinct.

no*

424 MR. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

This species is very common in the backwaters along the Madras coast ; I do not
know whether or not it also lives in the sea. Young specimens are found in great
numbers inhabiting the shells of a common brackish-water Cerithiid. The largest
example I have seen is about iO mm. long.

Distribution. Mergui {Be Man).

228. Clibanarius Aeethusa, De Man.

C.Arethusa, De Mau, Mergui Crust, p. 252 (1888).

Muttuwartu Par [Thurston); Rameswaram; Madras, living among large stones in
the harbour [J. B. S.).

The following characteristic colouring is observable : — The cephalothorax is grey, the
eye-stalks, autennal peduncles, chelipedes, and ambulatory legs deep brick-red, without
bands ; the chelipedes and ambulatory legs are tipped with black, and several minute
black spinules are seen on the under margin of the propodi of the second and third legs.
The largest specimen is 3.j mm. long. One example has the right eye-stalk only half
the length of the left, probably in process of repair.

Distribution. Mergui (De Man).

Genus Catapagtjrus, A. Milne-Edwards.

229. CATAPAGURrS ENSIFER, n. sp. (PL XXXVIII. tigs. 16-19.)

Gulf of Martaban ; three females with ova, and tw^o males in shells of Nassu, sp., and
Natica,]\}.\. {Oates).

The carapace is glabrous, with merely a few hairs towards the margins ; the frontal
projections are obtusely rounded. The eye-stalks are moderately long and stout, being
little shorter than the antennal peduncles. The ophthalmic scales are narrow, but w^ell
developed, and wdth the inner edge slightly convex. The antennal acicle is short and
almost straight, not reaching the distal end of the penultimate peduncular joint ; the
flagellum is more than twice the length of the body. The antennular peduncle exceeds
the antennal peduncle by nearly the two distal peduncular joints.

The chelipedes are longer than usual, the right being considerably stouter but not
much longer than the left, with the surface very faintly granulated, but the granules
subspinulose on the carpus. The hands are glabrous above, merely a few granules
being seen with a lens. The right carpus is nearly equal in length to the right palm,
and the fingers are about half this length ; the left carpus is much shorter than the
left palm, and on this side the fingers are about equal in length to the palm. The
ambulatory legs are almost smooth, with merely a few slight hairs on the anterior
margin of the broad ilattened meri ; the propodi and dactyli, which are about equal in
length, are elongated and flattened, without fringing hairs. b]ach dactylus bears a
strong resemblance to a curved sword-blade (hence the specific name), and is slightly
broader than the propodus, measuring both at the broadest point. The male copulatory
organ (protruded vas deferens or ductus ejaculatorius) is very long and slender ; com-

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGT. 425

menciug at the base of the tifth right leg-, it curves completely over the abdoiueu as far
as the base of the fifth left leg.

Length of body in a male !) mm., right chclipede 12 mm., left chelipede lOo mm. A
female is about the same size.

This small sjjecies comes nearest to C. Sharreri, A. Milne-Edw., common in deep
water off the east coast of the United States, Imt is distinguished at once from the
American form by its non-ciliated aml)ulatory (or perhaps swimming) dactyli and
propodi, and by its longer and more slender male organ. The only previovisly known
Indo-Pacific species is G. austndis, Henderson, from the Arafura Sea and Eiji, in which
the chelipedes are shorter and (]uite dilfcrently armed, with the ambulatory legs not
specially flattened.

Genus Spiropagurus, Stimpson.

230. SprROPAGURUS SPiRiGER (De Haan).

Puffums spiriger, De Haau, Crust. .Tapoii. p. •iUO, tab. xlix. fig. 2 (1850).
Gulf of Martaban {Oates); Madras, not uncommon {J. B. II.).
Distrlhntlon. Malay Archipelago, China, Japan, Torres Strait, Admii-alty Is.

Genus Eupagurus, Brandt.

231. Eupagurus zebra, n. sp. (PL XXXIX. figs. 12-15.)
Muttuwartu Par, a single specimen 13 mm. long [Thurston).

This specimen is preserved in ilio same bottle with a Hydroid, Aglaophenia iirens,
Kirchenpaner, to which several examples of Avicula zebra, Eeeve, are attached, and
which have a similar coloration, so tliat the Mollusc and Crustacean probably live
together, and are protected by the similarity of their markings to the dai-k ramidi of the
Hydroid. In the British Museum there is a much larger specimen, taken by H.M.S.
' Penguin,' on Holothuria Bank, N.W. Australia, a1 a depth of 53 fathoms, from which
the following description and also the figures are taken.

The colour-markings of this very beautiful species are so striking as to distinguish it
at once from all other known si)ecies. Tliey take the form of dark blood-red parallel
lines along both surfaces of the two pairs of ambulatory legs, on the left or smaller
chelipede, on the merus and inner margin of the right chelipede, on the sides of the
anterior portion of the carapace, on the upper surface of the antennal peduncles, and as
a thin line, interrupted on each segment, along either side of the entire antennal tlagella.
The ocular cornea? are dark green, ami the contiguous portion of the eye-stalk is
encircled by a yellow band. The median frontal projection and the ophthalmic scales

are yellow.

The median fronttil projection is i)rominent and acute, reaching to alx)ut the middle of
the ophthalmic scales, which latter are small, sul)triangular, and entire. The eye-stalks
are long, and but little shorter tiian the antennal peduncles. The antennal acicle is
slender and slightly curved, reaching the level of tlu> end of llir eye-stalks. The

426 ME. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTEIBUTION

antennular pedunclps exceed those of the antennae hy nearly half the length of their
terminal joint.

The right or larger chelipede gradually increases in width, as far as the base of the
mobile finger, where it is widest ; the fingers open transversely. The merus has a rather
prominent inferior projection. The upper surface of the carpus and propodus is some-
what flattened, and armed with not very numerous spinose granules, which are most
prominent on the anterior margin of the carpus, bordering the articulation with the hand,
and along an area near the middle of the hand surface. The outer margin of the hand
is thin and finely serrated, while internally there is a deep or vertical finely granulated
surface. The fingers are considerably shorter than the palm and somewhat deflexed,
with the mobile one strongly carinated along its inner margin, which is also finely
serrated. There are no prominent teeth on the opposing margins of the fingers. The
left chelipede is slender, and smooth but for the presence of a few hairs ; its carpus is
longer than the hand and fingers taken together. The ambulatory legs are smooth and
very sparingly pubescent ; the second pair are unequally developed, that of the right
side being longer and proportionately broader than the left, and the two terminal joints
are faintly sulcate longitudinally, an arrangement which is not seen on the left side. On
both sides the dactyli are longer than the propodi.

The Australian example, a female, is about 21 mm. long ; the right chelipede (which
cannot be fully extended) is 18 mm. long, the left chelipede 11 mm., the second left
ambulatory leg 20 mm., and the second right ambulatory leg 23 mm.

Group Galatheidea.
Genus Petkolisthes, Stimpson.

232. Petkolisthes dentattjs (Milne-Edw.).

Porcellana dentata (Milne-Edw.), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 216 (1888).

( = P. bellls, Heller; P. Haswelli, Miers).

Tuticorin and Muttuwartu Par {Thurston) ; Rameswaram, common under coral blocks
between tide-marks {J. R. S.).

I have compared my specimens with examples from Mergui examined by De Man
and with the types of Petrolisthes Haswelli, and find that all belong to the same species.
According to Ortmann, Forcellana dentata of De Man is not the P. dentata of Milne-
Edwards, but is synonymous with P. speciosa, Dana ; he seems to have overlooked the
fact, however, that the Mergui specimens were examined by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards and
pronounced identical with P. dentata, Milne-Edw. The carpus of the chelipedes is
usually about twice as long as broad, though sometimes shorter. There is considerable
variation in regard to the number and form of the denticles on the anterior and posterior
margins of the carpus ; as a rule, there are three on the hind margin. The lobe on the
inner margin of the merus is always obtuse.

distribution. Nicobars (Heller) ; Mergui {I>e Man) ; Singapore ( Walker) ; Java
[Milne-Edwards) ; Malay Archipelago {Be Man) ; N. and N.E. Australia {Miers).

TO INDIAN CAKCINOLOOY. 427

233. Petkolisthes Bosch (Audouin).

Porcellanu Boscii (And.), De Alan, Alergui Crust, p. .'217 (1888).

{ = P. rui/Ofu, Milue-Edw.)

Eameswaram and Muttuwaitu Par {Thnrstoa) ; Kanioswaram, uot uucomoion
(J. B. II.).

This species is allied to the last, but distinguished by the very different sculpture,
especially of the chelipedes. The carpal denticles are liable to considerable variation.
The lobe at the inner distal end of the merus is acute, and on the upper distal margin of
the same joint one or occasionally two spinules are met with.

Distnhiiiio)). Red Sea {Audouin, Ileller, Kossnuuiii, De Man); Mergui {De Man);
Kurachi {Brit. 3Ius.) ; N. Australia {Brit. 3Ius.).

234. Petuolisthes militaris (Heller).

Porcellanu militaris (Heller), De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 410 (1888).
Petrolistl/es unnulipes, Miers, '.\lert' Crust, p. 270, pi. xxix. fig. B (1881).

Muttuwartu Par and Cheval Par {Thurston); Rameswaram [Thurston, J. B. II.).

My specimens are identical with the types of P. annulipes, and at the same time are
referable to P. militaris, as defined by De Man. A supra-orbital spinule is present, luit
the lateral frontal margins are simply crenulated and not spinulose. Behind the outer
orbital angle are two or three spines, the first placed on the margin and the others on
the branchial surface, while about the iiiiddle of the branchial margin are from two to
four spinules. De Man regards P. annulipes as identical with P. scabricula, Dana ; but
in the latter the frontal margins are spinulose. I have, however, seen examples of the
present species in which the normal creuulations have become almost spinulose, so that
this identity may yet be establislied by further research ; in the meanwhile the two are
perhaps best kept apart.

I)istriJ)ution. Xicobars {Heller); Seyclielles {Jliers); W. coast of Java (Z'e -!/««) ;
Philippines {IVhite) ; X. Australia {Jliers, Henderson); Loo Clioo Is. {Or t maun).

Genus E-aphidopus, Stimpson.

235. Rapuiuopus iNDicus, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 19-22.)

Madras, a male {J. B. II.).

Tlie carapace is convex from side to side and from before backwards, with tlie regions
ill-defined and almost smooth, tliere being merely a few faint elevations on tlie l)ranchial
areas, some of which, in particular posteriorly, form short granulated lines ; two very
slight elevations rise almost in the centre of the carapace. The front is nearly straight
when viewed from above, but looked at from before three projections can be seen, of which
the median is slightly the most prominent. On the lateral margin of the carapace about
a quarter of the distance back, is a well-detiued notch, aiul between this and the external
orbital angle is a sharp obscurely crenulated margin. Behind the notch the margin is
convex and distinctly crenulated, but terminates abruptly by passing <jn to the surface
of the carapace, leaving the posterior fourth of the side of the carapace sinxply rounded
and marked by some of the elevated lines already referred to. The eyes are small.

428 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

The antennal peduncle is elongated, the penultimate joint being longest ; the flagellum
is long and naked.

The clielipedcs are long and subequal, the right being but slightly larger. The merus
is short and massive, granulated above, and with a small projecting lobe on the inner
distal end of the upper surface ; on the right side there is a sharji moderately long spine
on the middle of the lower anterior surface. The carpus is about twice the length of the
merus, with the upper surface uneven but scarcely granulated, the anterior margin
moderately sharp and crenulated but without teeth, and the posterior margin rounded.
The hand is slightly granulated above, the granules being more numerous on the smaller
chela ; the lower and outer surfaces, including both fingers, are densely pubescent. The
fingers are strongly curved at their apices, and even when closed there is a considerable
intervening hiatus ; a single tooth is present on the immobile finger slightly beyond the
middle ; the mobile finger has a small basal tooth and is crenulated along the inner
margin, its upper surface is rounded and granulated chiefly in the smaller chela. The
ambulatory legs are long and slender, Avith the joints simply pubescent ; the dactyli are
entire, slender, and straight, abput two thirds the length of the propodi, densely hairy
above, and with a sulcus on the anterior surl'ace.

The carapace is 6*5 mm. long and 9*5 mm. broad, the right chelipede 23 mm. long, the
first ambulatorv les: 14*5 mm. long.

This little-known genus bears some resemblance to Polyonyx, from which it is distin-
guished by the form of the front, the smaller eyes, the longer antennal peduncle, longer
legs, and especially by the form of the ambulatory dactyli. The only previously known
species, E. ciliattis, Stm., from China and Japan, has the carapace flatter and narrower,
with the regions well defined ; the postero-lateral margin of the carapace carries two or
three spines, and the carpus of the chelipedes has a median row of tubercles on its outer
surface.

Genus Pachycheles, Stimpson.
236. Pachycheles tomentostjs, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 10-18.)

Kurachi; four males, and five females all bearing ova (Brit. Mns.).

The carapace is flattened, glabrous, and depressed anteriorly, with the regions not
defined, the protogastric lobules slightly prominent, and the surface slightly uneven
towards the sides of the anterior branchial regions, which are raised above the level of
the lateral margin. A few faint lines or wrinkles cross the posterior rounded lateral
margin in passing to the under surface, and the remainder of the lateral border is defined
by a somewhat sharp entire convex edge ; opposite the penultimate joint of the antennal
peduncle is a shallow depression or notch in the margin. The front is depressed,
obscurely tridentate, and most prominent in the middle, with its upper surface densely
tomentose. The upper orbital margin is obtusely rounded, and the eyes are of moderate
size.

The chelipedes are unequal, and either may be the larger ; they are granulated and densely
tomentose above, the hairs lieing arranged in short tufts. The merus has a denticulated
lobe on its inner and superior distal margin. The carpus is slightly convex and densely

TO INDIAX CARCIXOr.OGT. 129

hairy above, with three longitudinal rows of white polished tubercles on the proximal
half, and usually four or five tubercles in each row ; the anterior or inner margin has
three denticulated lobes or teeth, the first two of which are subequal and the distal one
smaller, but in some cases the denticulations normally present on the edges of the
primary teeth are absent, and the first tooth may be double, making four in all. 'I'he
hand is flattened above, Avith a few tul)ercular granules scattered over the entire surface,
most of which give rise to hairs; the long outer margin is denticulated, while the under
surface is glabrous and finely granulated, especially on the outer side. The mobile finger
is denticulated along its upper margin, finely tubercular and tomentose above, sparingly
granulated and glabrous below, with a rounded tooth near the base on the inner margin;
the fingers show^ a wide hiatus when closed, and the tip of the mobile one is bent under-
neath the tip of the other. The smaller chelipede is similar to the one just described,
?. e. the larger, except that the margins of the hand and fingers are more strongly
denticulate. The ambulatory legs are short and fringed with luiirs, the under surface
of the propodus presents two spinules at its distal end, and the dactyli have three
minute horny spinules on the posterior margin of their proximal half.

The carapace of a female is 11-3 mm. long and 13 mm. broad, the left or larger carpus
is 6'5 mm. long and G mm. broad, the propodus 12 mm. measured along its outer margin,
the first ambulatory leg 15 mm. long.

It is distinguished from P. gvosmnanus (Guerin) by its densely tomentose and
sparingly granulated chelipedes, and by the denticulated fingers. F. pectinicarpus, Stm.,
is very briefly characterized and agrees in some respects, but its carpus is described as
having the anterior margin " pectinated with eight small equal spmiform teeth," and no
mention is made of hairs on the chelipedes, while the cai'pus is much broader than louo-.
In P. Steveiisii, Stm., the chelipedes are not described as hairy, and the hand of the
smaller chela is longitudinally bisulcate.

Genus PoRCELLAXELi.A, White.

237. PORCELLANELLA TRILOBA, White.

P. triloba, y^Xnte, iu Macgillivray's Voyage II. M.S. ' Rattlesnake/ vol. ii. Appendix, p. 394, pi. v. fig. :.'
(1852).

Rameswaram {Thurston).

I have examined White's type of P. iriloha, as well as original specimens of P. picta,
Stm., from Mong Kong, in the British ^Muscnim, and can find only the followin;? dilTer-
euces : — In AVhite's species the median frontal projection but slightly exceeds the lateral
ones, and its apex is rounded, Avhile the lirst or most proximal of the four spinules on
the ambulatory dactyli is very small ; in Stimpsoii's sfx^cies the median frontal tooth is
slightly longer and subacute, and the four spinules on the dactyli are subequal. The
two species may yet be united, but at present may be kept separate.

Distribution. N. Australia (White); Celebes Sea [Henderson) ; Falkland Is. {Hen-
derson).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 61

430 MR. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

Genus Polyonyx, Stimpson.
238. Polyonyx obesultjs, Miers.

P. obesulus (White), Miers, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 272, pi. xxis. fig. D (1884).

Ramesv^^aram and Tuticorin [Thurston). Common at Rameswaram, both free and in
sponges [J. B. II.).

I have compared my specimens with the types in the British Museum. The median
frontal projection is obtusely rounded and but little prominent. The ambulatory dactyli
are triunguiculate, the middle claw being slightly stouter and larger than the distal
one, whereas the proximal one is much smaller. Sexual dimorphism is seen in regard to
the chelipedes and the Avidth of the carapace. In both sexes the right chelipede (which
is usually the smaller of the two) has the hand more or less carinated inferiorly, and the
carina often minutely dentate ; the fingers are in contact throughout, or almost so, in
males, the opposing margins being finely dentate and without any prominent tooth.
In females and young males the left chelipede, which is as a rule slightly the larger,
is similar to the right, whereas in adult males it is more strongly developed ; the
fingers have a wide gape, and are not in contact even at the apices when closed;
while a prominent tooth is present on the inner margin of the lower finger. The male
probably holds the chelipede of the female during copulation.

In P. hiunguiculatns (Dana) the median frontal projection is prominent and acute,
while the ambulatory dactyli are biunguiculate, the first or proximal claw, present in
P. obesulus, being scarcely visible and represented merely by a minute seta. On the
chelipedes the lobe of the inner margin of the merus is more prominent, and the carpus
is usually longer than in Miers's species. In some specimens the outer surface of the
hand is granulated. There are examples in the British Museum of Dana's species from
the Gulf of Suez, the Seychelles, and the Amirautes. De Man has suggested that
P. obesuhis is identical with P. biimguiculatus, and that the P. bmnguiculatus described
by Miers is a distinct species ; but I cannot agree with this suggestion.

The following measurements are taken from Eameswaram specimens : —

Male. Female.

Length of carapace 07 mm. 6-2 mm.

Breadth „ 8-3 „ 8-5 „

Length of left hand IVb „ 8-5 „

Breadth „ 5'5 „ 4'3 „

Length of left carpus 7'5 „ 5'7 „

The colour is a pale red, turning white in spirit. One individual — a male — carries a
SacGulina.

Distribution. Madjicosima Is. ( White) ; N. Australia [Miers, Henderson) ; Amboina
[De Mafi); ^m^a^ova [Walker).

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGT. 431

239. POLYONYX TUBERCULOSUS, Dc Man. -.ZU..' '/

Porcellana [Polijonyx) sp. {tuberculosa in text), De Mau, Brock's Crust, p. 424, pi. xiii. fig. 1 (1888).

Cheval Par [Thurston) ; Rameswaram, common [J. 11. II.).

I doubtfully refer to the above species a large series of specimens with the following
characters : — Tlie median frontal projection is subacute when viewed from before. The
cheh'pedes are tuberculate on the up]:)er surface of tlie carpus and hand ; the nierus is
produced internally into a finely-toothed lobe ; the inner margin of the carpus has a few
subacute teeth, while the outer margin of the hand is carinated and finely serrated.
The ambulatory dactyli are four-clawed, the two proximal spinules being very minute,
while the terminal claw is longer and slightly stouter than the penultimate one. The
ambulatory legs are fringed anteriorly with hairs. This species is certainly distinct from
P. ohesulits or P. hhoiguiculatiis, and, as De ^lau represents his species with the carpus
smooth above, and with very few tuljercles present on the hand, our specimens may also
be distinct from P. tubercidosiis. The ambulatory dactyli of the last species are not
described by De Man. I have noticed in one or two specimens of P. ohesulus a slight
tendency towards tuberculation on the hand, cliiefiy in small individuals ; but our
species may be distinguished from this variety by the greater tuberculation and the
different ambulatory dactyli. De Man had only a single small specimen, and it may
have belonged to this variety of P. ohesulus, in which case a ncAV name will be necessary
for the form which is here briefly characterized.

A male is 7 '3 mm. long and 8 mm. broad.

Distrihulion. Amboina [Be Man).

Genus Gaxathea, Pabricius.

210. Galathea elegaxs, White.

G. elegans ("White), Adams & White, ' Samaraiig' Crust, pp. i, ii, pi. xii. fig. 7 (1848).

Tuticorin, four specimens (Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, two specimens [Oates).

There appears to be considerable variation in the coloration and in the form of the
rostrum ; perhaps G. grandirostris, Stm., and G. dejlexifrons, Haswell, are merely
varieties of this species.

Distribution. Philippines and Borneo {Adams 8j- JFhite) ; Singapore ( Walker) ;
Amboina {T)e Man) ; Celebes Sea {Rcnderson) ; N. Australia {Miers, llaswell).

211. Galathea spinosirostris, Dana.

G. spinu.sirostris, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. ICxped. pt. i. p. 180, i)l. xxx, fig. <J (1852) ; De Mau,
Brock's Crust, p. 456 (1888).

Muttuwartu Par, two females with ova {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, a male(Off^<?s).

I refer these with some doubt to this species. The ;^[uttuwartu specintens, the larger
of which is only 10 mm. in total length, arc without gastric spinules at the base of the
rostrum, and in this respect agree with G. coralllcola, llaswell, which was regarded by
Miers as a variety of G. australiensis, Stm. The Martaban s])ecimen has a rudimentiiry

Gl*

432 MR. J. E. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

pair of gastric spinules, but otherwise closely agrees with the Muttuwartu examples. It
seems probable that G. australiensis is identical with Dana's species, so I refer my
specimens to the latter.

Distnbution. Sandwich Is. {Dana) ? ; E. Australia (Siimpson, Haswell, Miers) ; Ami-
rantes {Iliers) ; Amboina (De Man) ; Mauritius {Bichters) ; Arafura Sea {Henderson).

Genus Munida, Leacli.
24.2. Munida spinulifera, Miers.

M. spinulifera, Miers, 'Alert' Crust, p. 279, pi. xxxi. fig. B (1884).

Muttuwartu Par, a female with ova {Thurston) ; Gulf of Martaban, a male {Oates).
The male is 13 mm. long and the female somewhat smaller ; in both specimens the
abdominal segments are without dorsal spinules.

Distribution. Arafura Sea {Iliers) ; A'uboina {Henderson).

Suborder MACRURA.
Group Thalassinidea.

Genus Gebiopsis, A. Milne-Edw.

243. Gebiopsis Darwinii, Miers.

G. Darwinii, Miers, ' Alert' Crust, p. .281, pi. xxxii. fig. A (188-1).

G. intermedia, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 2.56, pi. xvi. fig. 2 (1888) ; id. Brock's Crust, p. 462 (1888).

Rameswaram, Tuticorin, and Cheval Par {Thurston). Common at Rameswaram, usually
living in sponges {J. R. H.).

I have compared my specimens with (1) a single type-specimen of De Man's species
in the British Museum, (2) the types of Miers's species, and in my opinion the two species
are identical. The antenual and antennular peduncles are alike in both, and are incor-
rectly figured by Miers. I find, however, on examining a number of specimens, that
there is some variation in the length of the penultimate antennal peduncular segment.
The row of minute spinules (or tubercles) on the meropodites of the chelipedes, men-
tioned by De Man, occurs also in Miers's species. The two spines described by De Man
as present on the carpopodites are liable to variation ; sometimes the lower one is rudi-
mentary or even absent (it is rudimentary in De Man's specimen in the British Museum),
while the upper one is often similarly ]-educed. The last pair of legs are wrongly figured
by Miers ; his specimens agree perfectly with De Man's — i. e. the last legs are chelate,
and the carpus is but slightly longer than tlie propodus.

The only differences I can find arc — («) in size De Man's specimens are much larger
than Miers's, but this is evidently of little importance, for one of the Rameswaram males
is 36 mm. long, while a female with eggs from the same locality is only 23 mm. long;
{b) in Miers's specimens the inferior spine of the carpopodite is absent or represented by
a mere rudiment, and the upper one is greatly reduced, but, as previously noted, these

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 433

characters vary. De Man lias more recently described a variety amboinensis in which
the lower carpal spine is wanting.

Distribution. JS'. Australia (Jliers') ; Amboina (De Man) ; Singapore ( TVatker) ;
Mergui {I)e Man).

Group A s T A c I B E A.
Genus Thenus, Leach.
2M. Thenus orientalis (Eabr.).

r. orientalis (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 286 (1837).

Common at Madras and on the South Indian coast generally {J. B. II.).

The three teeth in the mid-dorsal line of the carapace are prominent and subacute in
young individuals, blunt and ill-defined in adults.

Distribution. Madagascar, Seychelles, Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago, China, W.
Australia.

Genus Panulirus, Gray.

245. Panulirus ornatus (Pabr.).

Paliimrus ornatus (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 296 (18:37).
Pa?uilirus ornatus (Fabr.), Stimpsoii, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbilad. Jan. 1860, p. 21.
Senex ornatus (Fabr.), Ortmaun, Zool. Jalirb. Bd. vi. Abth. f. Syst. p. 34 (1892), iibi synon.

Ceylon [Haly).

Distribution . Prom E. Africa to Japan, N. Australia, and the Pacific (Samoa).

246. Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier).

Paliiiurus penicillatus (Oliv.), Mihie-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 299 (1837).

Panulirus penicillatus (Oliv.), Stimpson, I'mc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliilad. Jan. 1860, p. 24.

Senex penicillatus (Oliv.), Ortmaun, Zool. Jahrb. J5(l. vi. Ahtb. f. Syst. p. 28 (1892), ubi .^ynon.

Ceylon (Hali/).

Distribution. Prom the Ued Sea and Mauritius to the Malay Archipelago, X.
Australia, and the Pacific (Pijis, New Hebrides, Tahiti).

247. Panulirus dasypus (Latr.).

Palinurus dasypus (Latr.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 300 (1837).

Senex dasypus (Latr.), Ortmaun, Zool. .laluh. Hd. vi. Abth. f. Syst. p. 33, (1892), itbi synon.

Silavaturai Par (Thurston). Common at Madras {J. B. R.).

The Silavaturai example is very young, measuring only 45 mm. in length, but is appa-
rently referable to this species. It has two pairs of spines, arranged as if at the angles
of a square, on the antennal segment, the posterior pair being smaller than the anterior
pair ; at a later stage small spimiles arc developed towards the centre of the square.

Distribution. Indian Oce;ui {.Milne-Bdwards) ; Ceylon and Madras (Relier) ; Muscat
{D?it. Mus.) ; Moluccas [Ilerklot).

434 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A COXTEIBUTIOX

Group C A E, I D E A.

Genus Caridina, Milne-Edwards.

218. Cakidina Wyckii (Hickson).

C. Wyckii (Hickson), De Man, Max Weber's Crust, p. 386, Taf. xxiv. fig. 29 (1891).

Madras, common in wells and in ponds with clear fresh water {J. B. U.).

I can find no difference, except in size, between Madras specimens and Hickson's types
in the British Museum, the Indian examples being considerably larger, and reaching a
length of about 35 mm., including the rostrum ; they also completely agree with De
Man's excellent description and figures. I first observed the species in a swimming-
bath at North wick, Madras, the residence of my friend the Rev. Dr. Miller. As De Man
has pointed out, it is very closely related to C. nilotica, Roux (=C. lo7igirostris, Milne-
Edw.), from N. and E. Africa, and perhaps the two species are not distinct.

A Caridina from E-oorkee, in the Day collection, is represented by a single damaged
specimen which cannot be satisfactorily identified.

Distribution. Celebes, in fresh water at an altitude of 2000 ft. {Rickson) ; Celebes,
Saleyer, and Elores, in fresh and brackish water {De Man).

Genus Alpheus, Eabricius.
249. Alpheus malabamcus, Fabr. (PL XL. figs. 1-3.)

A. malabaricus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 405 (1798) ; uon A. malabariciis , De Haan, uec Hilgendorf,
nee Ortmatm.

Common in the backwater at Pulicat, and apparently burrowing in a muddy bottom
{J. B. R.).

The ocular hoods are prominent, but simply rounded, and placed closer together than
usual. The rostrum is acute, reaching the level of the basal antennular scales, and not
extending back on the carapace behind the posterior limit of the eyes, though clearly
distinct from the latter. The antennal and antennular peduncles are subequal in length.
The antennular scales do not reach the end of the proximal peduncular joint by about
one fourth the length of the latter, and the second peduncular joint is fully twice the
length of the distal one. The antennal scales are about equal in length to both the
antennal and antennular peduncles, and the outer distal spine is minute.

The larger chelipede, which may be either the right or the left, is slender proximally,
but has a massive hand. The merus has a slight tooth on its upper distal surface, and a
well-marked spine on the inner distal margin. The hand is moderately compressed,
with a distinct sulcus crossing the upper margin behind the insertion of the mobile
finger, and a second sulcus immediately underneath on the lower margin ; both the
upper and lower margins behind the sulci are well rounded. On both the inner and
the outer surfaces of the baud a wide shallow furrow with ill-defined margins passes
back from the upper sulcus; the outer of these furrows passes somewhat obliquely
towards the proximal inferior angle of the joint, while the inner, which is scarcely so

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY. 435

large, passes close to the upper margin. On the inner surfiice of the hand a shallow
furrow connects the two marginal sulci and extends across the long axis of tlie joint.
The dactylus is strongly curved and carinated dorsally, with the apex curving beyond
that of the lower immobile finger. No ridges are present on the larger hand. The
smaller chelipede is very long, slender, and unarmed; the fingers are slightly incurved
and very long, being about three and a half times the length of the hand in adults, and
in close apposition — /. e. they are pai'allel and with scarcely any hiatus at the base wlicn
closed. The mobile finger has a distinct basal tootli, and long hairs clothe the inner
edges of both fingers. The second chelate legs have the first and second carpal joints
long and subequal, the tliird and fourth short and suliequal, and the fifth slightly
longer than either the third or the fourth. The ambulatory legs are slender and
unarmed. The apex of the telson is obtusely rounded, with the terminal lateral
spinules very minute.

An adult male is 30 mm. long, the larger chelipede 27 mm. long, the hand 11 mm.
long, and the fingers 7 mm. ; the smaller chelipede is 29 mm. long, the band 4 mm.,
and the fingers 13'5 mm. In the female the chelipcdes are slightly smaller.

This species, originally collected by Daldorff in South India, has apparently been lost
sight of for nearly a hundred years. I think there can be little doubt that the species
just described is identical with that of Pahrieius ; it completely agrees with his short
diagnosis, wliile the Japanese species referred to A. maluharictis by De Haan and others
does not conform to the original description in one important respect — it exhibits a wide
gape or hiatus between the fingers of the smaller cliela, which Fabricius expressly states
are parallel. De Ilaan's species is termed A. malabaricus in the description (Crust.
Japon. p. 177), but A. brevianstatus on the ])late (tab. xlv. fig. 1), so that the latter
designation may be conveniently retained for it, provided that the earlier described
A. dispai', llandall, should not prove to be synonymous, as some writers have supposed.
In the British IMuseum is a specimen of our species from Pondicherry, bearing a
MS. name, "A. forceps," White. A. doUchodaclijlus, Ortmanu, from Japan, is nearly
allied, and has botli the hand sulci present, but it has a wide gape between the fingers
of the smaller chela, and the dactylus is apparently without a tooth ; it has also a distinct
tooth on the upper margin near tlie base of the larger dactylus, which is not seen in our
species. A. brecicrislatus, De Haan, is easily distinguished by its larger hand, which is
ridircd externally ; the inferior mardual sulcus is absent, and there is a wide gape
between the fingers of the smaller chela.

Distribution. South India [Fabricius).

250. Alpheus Edwaiidsii (Audouiu).

.1. EdwardsVi (.And.), Micrs, ' Alert ' Crust, p. 2S1. (1881), ubi sijnon.

llameswaram, Tuticoriu, and Muttuwartu Par [Thurston); Gulf of Martaban [Oates);
Kurachi [Brit Mus.). Very common on the reef at llameswaram [J. 11. II.).

ListributioH. Atlantic Region — from N. Carolina to Brazil, West Indies, Cape V'erd
Is. ludo-Paeific Region — from the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, California, Samoa,
the Pijis, Tahiti, &c.

436 MR. J. E. HEjNDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

251. Alphetjs Hippothoe, De Man.

A. Hijyjjothoe, De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 268, pi. xvii. figs. 1-5 (1888).

Rameswarfim, six specimens {J. R. H.).

This sj^ecies is allied to A. Mhoardsii, which it resembles in size, the rounded ocular
hoods, and the general form of the chelae, but is distinguished by its stouter amliulatory
legs, those of the second and third pau-s with the meral joints broad and flattened, and
armed with a distal spine on the lower margin ; the rostrum is more strongly marked
than in A. Mhoardsn, and in some cases extends back on the carapace, though faintly,
almost to the middle.

Distribution. Mergui ; Pulo Edam and Amboina (Be Man).

252. Alpheus frontalis. Say.

A. frontalis (Say), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 35G (1837) ; id. Atlas, Cuv. Riigiie Anim.
pi. liii. fig. 2 (1849).

Tuticorin [Thurston).

Distribution. Australia {Milne-Edtvards) ; Tahiti (Seller) ; Loo Choo Is. ; Samoa ;
South Sea (Ortmann).

253. Alpheus l^.vis, Randall.

A. IcBvis (Rand.), Ortmann, Zool. Jalirb. Bd. v. Abtli. f. Syst. p. 487 (1891), ubi synon.

Eameswaram and Tuticorin {Thurston). Not uncommon on the reef at Rameswaram
(J. B. n.).

Distribution. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, Sydney, and tlie Pacific
(Tonga, Eijis, Tahiti, Sandwich Is., &c.).

254. Alpheus Neptunus, Dana.

A. Neptunus, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. pt. i. p. 553, pi. xxxv. fig. 5 (1853).

Kurachi (Brit. Mus.). Common on the reef at Rameswaram [J. B. H.).

Both Miers and De Man regard this as merely a variety of A. minor, Say, which is
common on the east coast of the United States.

Distribution. From tlie P^ed Sea to China, Japan, Port Jackson, and the west coast of
Central America.

Genus Dorodotes, Bate.

255. Dorodotes levicarina. Bate.

D. levicarina, Bate, ' Challenger' Macrura, p. 680, pi. cxii. fig. 5 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban ( Oates).

The single specimen is a female with ova, measuring 51 mm. in length, including the
rostrum, which is 11 mm. long.

Distribution. Arafura Sea, 28 fathoms {Bate).

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 437

Genus Angasia, Bate.
Angasia, Bate, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 498 (1863).
Tozeuma, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 20,, Jan. 18G0.

I propose to substitute this generic name for the older Tozeuma, Stimpson, whicli, in
its correctly spelt form Toxeuma, had been previously applied by Walker to a genus of
Hymenoptera. Stimpson gives the derivation of his name, so that the spelling has
perhaps been due to a printer's error which he has allowed to pass.

256. Angasia Stimpsonii, n. sp. (PL XL. figs. 18-20.)

Gulf of Martaban, two specimens {Oates).

The body is compressed laterally, with the rostrum about equal in length to the
abdomen, omitting the telson. The rostrum is slightly upturned, with an obtuse or
rounded dorsal carina, bounded on either side by a slight groove, but thin or laminar,
and finely serrated, below ; seen from the side it is deepest immediately in front of the
eyes, from which point it gradually tapers to the apex. The carapace is provided Avith
an acute antero-lateral spine. The eyes occupy orbits, which are formed partly by the
rostrum, and partly by the antennal peduncles. Tlie antcnnular peduncles are not half
the length of the antennal scales, and their flagella, which otherwise agree with Stimp-
son's description of those in A. Icmceolata, reach only to about the middle of the scale ;
the basal peduncular segment has an external llattened acute process. The antennal
peduncle has an acute spine on the under surface of its basal joint, about equal in size
to the antero-lateral spine of the carapace ; the flagellum extends considerably beyond
the rostrum, although incom])]ete in both specimens. The antennal scale is very long
and narrow, being almost half the length of the rostrum.

The abdominal segments are obtusely carinated, and the third, fourth, and fifth are
each prolonged posteriorly into a dorsal tooth. The telson is very long, narrow, and
acuminate, slightly exceeding the last appendages, and Avith three pairs of lateral spinules.
The legs are as described by Stimpson in A. lanceolatu, the wrist of the second pair
being three-jointed.

The larger specimen, a female witli ova, is imperfect, but the smaller gives the follow-
ing measurements : — length of body, measured from the eye to the tip of the telson,
43 mm., rostrum 22 mm., antennal scale 9-7 mm. long and 1"2 mm. in greatest breadth,
telson 9'3 mm. long.

In some respects this species seems to agree with A. lanceolata (Stm.) from Hong
Kong, but Stimpson, in his short description of the latter, states that the rostrum is
" scarcely a fourth part shorter than the body," and that the autennulyo equal in length
the antennal appendices or scales; he also describes the antennae as shorter than the
rostrum, the antennal scales as oui; tliiid the length of the rostrum, and the breadth of
each scale as being equal to one fourth of its length. Our species may therefore be
distinguished at once by its very much longer and narrower antennal scale. A.piico)ii)ia,
Bate, from South Australia, has the rostrum with only four teeth belo«-, the antennal
scale reaching nearly to the end of the rostrum, and the apex of the telson obtuse.
The only other species known, so far as 1 am aware, is A. carolinensis (Kingsley), from

SECOND SERIES — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 02

438 ME. J. E. HENDEESON— A CONTEIBUTIOJST

the east coast of the United States. The Tozeuma serratum of A. Milne-Edwards, from
the West Indies, is probably, as Bate has remarked, referable to some other genus, for
in it the carpus of the second legs is multiarticulate.

Genus Rhynchocinetes, Milne-Edwards.

257. Rhtnchocinetes rugulosus, Stimpson.

R. ru(juhsus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Jan. 1860, p. 36.

Tuticorin, four specimens {Thurston).

The body is marked dorsally by fine transvei'se or somewhat concentric impressed

striae. The rostral formula in three specimens is — ^ — ^, and in the fourth — ^ — -, the

first three upper teeth being situated on the carapace ; whereas according to Stimpson
the rostrum is tridentate above near the apex, and has twelve teeth below. These
differences may be due to local variation, or possibly tlie Tuticorin examples are refer-
able to a distinct and new species, but I do not venture to separate them. A few
spinules are present on the meral joints of the last three pairs of legs, and the first pair
have a spine at the ujoper distal end of both the merus and the carpus, while the latter
joint is carinated superiorly along its entire length. The ajDex of the telson is acuminate,
and carries two pairs of subterminal spinules, of which the inner pair exceed the terminal
portion of tlie telson, and are about three times the length of the outer pair.
Distribution. Port Jackson (Stimpson).

Genus Pontonia, LatreiUe.

258. Pontonia tuidacnae, Dana.

P. tridacnae, Daua, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. pt. i. p. 571, pi. xxxvii. fig. 1 (1852).

( = Conchodytes tridacnae, Peters) .

Tuticorin ( Thurston) ; Rameswaram, in the mantle-chamber of a large Pinna
[J. R. H.).

Distribution. Ptcd Sea {Hilgendorf) ; E. Africa {Peters, Ililgendorf) ; N. and N.E.
Australia {Iliers); Samoa (Dana, Ortinann) ; Eijis (Miers).

Genus Leander, Desmarest.

This genus was founded by E. Desmarest in 1849 (Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, ser. 2
t. vii. p. 91), but poorly characterized, most stress being laid on the gibbosity of the
abdomen; indeed, the characters furnished by this writer might apply to either the fresh-
water or the marine forms. He, however, figures as the type an undoubted marine form,
L. erraticAis, Dcsm. {=L. natator, Milne-Edw. fide Spence Bate). Stimpson, iu 1800,
was the first to separate Leander and Palcemon, and to j^roperly characterize them,
placing the marine species in Leander and tlie fluviatile species in Palcemon, an
arrangement which has been followed by most subsequent writers. Spence Bate, in
his Report on the ' Challenger ' Macrura, partially reverses this arrangement and refers
the marine species to Palcemon, partly because he regarded Dcsmarest's diagnosis as
valueless, and because Leach, Milne-Edwards, Bell, and others had termed the common

TO INDIAX CARCINOLOQT. 439

European marine species Tahemon, while he places the freshwater forms in the genus
Bithynis, founded by Philippi in 1860. A reference to Fabricius's writings shows that
he, without naming any special type, described the freshwater forms first, and his name
Palcemon ought therefore to be taken for these ; this is tlie plan adopted by Dr. Ortmann,
who has recently prepared a useful and much needed revision of the genus. Ortmann
correctly limits the genus Bithynis to a single species, B. Gaudichaudii (Milne-Edw.),
from Chili and Peru, in which the hepatic spine is absent, and the chelipedes are
unequal and greatly enlarged.

259. Leander longikostris (Say).

Palcemon longirostris (Say), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. .'3'J-t (1837).

Kurachi, four specimens {Brit. 3Ius.) ; Sunderbunds, four specimens ; Mergui, one
specimen {Bay) ; Gulf of Martaban, three specimens {Oates).

The rostrum, which is upturned distally, exceeds the antennal scales by half or more
of its length; the basal crest ends opiwsite the articulation between the last two joints
of the antenuular peduncle. The hrst lower rostral tooth is placed under the most distal
tooth of the basal crest. The shortest of the three antennular tiagella exceeds the
antennal scales by more than half its length. On the carapace the antennal or upper
spine is minute, while the branchiostegal or lower one is well developed. The spine on
the outer margin of the antennal scale is placed at some distance from the apex, the
distance equalling nearly one tliird of the total length of the outer margin.

The first pair of legs reach to or sliglitly exceed the antennal scales. The second legs
have tlie ischium and merus cylindrical and subequal, the carpus slightly shorter and
dorsally dilated ; the propodus is shorter than the carpus, and considerably swollen in
the adult of both sexes, with its outer surface suleate, and the sulcus bounded by two
ridges, an arrangement which is best seen on the distal two thirds of the hand, termi-
nating opposite the base of the mobile finger. The fingers are very long and slender, being
about half its length longer than the palm; they have sharp cutting-edges, but no teeth,
and are strongly curved at their apices. The remaining feet are slender and slightly
longer than the first pair. The last four abdominal segments are dorsally more or less
carinated. The telsou is dorsally smooth and rounded, with the very slender and acute
apex placed opposite the spine on the outer margin of the exopodite of the sixth pair of
abdominal appendages ; the two minute subterminal spinules are greatly exceeded in
length by the apex of the tclson.

A female from the Sunderbunds is Ot mm. long from the orbit to the apex of the
telson, the rostrum 20 mm. long, the 'second leg 68 mm. long.

The following are the rostral formulte in specimens from the diflFerent locjilities : —

-^ , . 5 + 3 6 + 3 6 + 3
Kuvachi. jp, -^, -y-.

6 + " • 5-1-2

Sunderbimds. — Three specimens ^"5 one specimen -y-.

Martaban. tt-, -tt— .

Mcrgui. ^g— .

62*

440 MR. J. E. HENDERSON — A CONTRIBUTION

The L. Inngirostris, vnr. Japom'cus, of Ortraann, which is distinguished by the form of
its telson and rostrum, is, I think, a distinct species, while the var. carinatus, of the
same author, from China, founded on the carination of the abdominal segments wliich
is seen in Milne-Edwards's species, mayor may not be distinct. De Man (Notes Leyden
Museum, vol. iii. p. 141, 1881) describes tlie brancliiostegal spine as smaller than the
antennal spine in the Chinese examples which he referred to L. longirostris, but this is
probalily an eiTor of description.

Distribution. Sunderbunds {Ililne-Edwards) ; China {Be Man, Ortmann).

260. Leander tenuipes, n. sp. (PL XL. figs. 11, 15.)

Bombay, two imperfect sp)ecimens {Bay) ; Gulf of Martaban, five specimens {Oates) ;
Madras, ten specimens {J. B. H.).

The rostrum is slender, and exceeds the antennal scales by about half its length, with
the distal two thirds styliform and upturned ; the basal crest scarcely reaches the end of
the proximal antennal peduncular joint. The first lower rostral tooth is minute, and
placed under or in front of the distal tooth of the basal crest ; both the upper and lower
distal teeth are placed at some distance from the apex of the rostrum. The shortest of
the three antennular flagella does not reach the end of the antennal scales. The spine on
the antennal scale is placed much nearer the apex than in L. longirostris. The antennal
spine is minute, but the brancbiostegal one is well developed.

The first pair of legs are slightly longer than the antennal scales. The second legs have
the merus more than twice the length of the ischium, and the former joint is proximally
compressed, with an ill-defined sulcus on the upper surface, but its distal half is narrow
and less compressed ; the carpus is about equal in length to the ischium, while the palm,
whicli is slightly dilated and smooth, is a little longer than the carpus. The fingers are
nearly twice the length of the palm, but otherwise similar to those of L. longirostris.
The remaining feet are extremely long and slender, more especially due to a lengthening
of their terminal joints, which are more slender than even the antennal and antennular
flagella ; they increase in length on passing back, the last pair being longest. It is
impossible to give accurate measurements of these legs, as in most cases they appear
to be imperfect. This extraordinary lengthening is not confined to the legs, but is
seen also in the antennal and antennular flagella, which are certainly more than twice
the length of the body. The last three abdominal segments are strongly compressed
laterally, and narrowed above but not carinated. The telson is smooth and rounded
dorsally, except for the presence of a shallow sulcus tovvards the apex ; the apex is blunt,
and not produced to the level of the sjiine on the exopodites of the last appendages, with
the subterininal pair of spinules considerably longer than the free end of tlie telson.

The colour noted in fresh specimens is qvcj, with the thoracic viscera presenting an orange
hue under the carapace, and the attached or fertilized ova in the female yellowish green.

A Madras specimen, measured like the last species, is 55 mm. long, the rostrum
19 mm., the second leg 36 mm., and the last leg 75 mm. Although the dactylus of the
last leg in this example is broken at the tip, it still measures 15 mm. in length.

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGT. 441

The rostral formulae are as follows : —

Martaban. — Three specimens '-^, two specimens -^r--

HI- 1 T'- • 6 + 1 , . 5+1 . 5+1 . 0+1

Madras. — iive specimens -^~, two specimens ~p, one specimen —n— one specimen ^— .

This species in some respects, as in the form of the rostrum, the compressed abdo-
minal segments, the small antcunal spine, and the form of the hand and fingers, is allied
to i. lougirostris, but may be distinguished at once by its greatly elongated and exces-
sively slender legs, the form of the second legs, telson, antennal scales, &c. I at first
felt inclined to establish a new genus for its reception, but on further consideration I
think it better to regard it as an aberrant species of Leander, for all its more important
structural features are such as vary considerably among the different known species of
this genus.

261. Leander, modesttjs, Heller.

L. modestus, Heller, 'Novara' Crust, p. Ill, Taf. x. fig. 6 (1865).

Madras, six specimens {J. B. S.).

The apical third or more of the rostrum is edentulous and upturned, while the
proximal part carries eight or nine small teeth ; three teeth are found on the lower
margin, the most distal of which in all my specimens is placed in advance of the most
distal upper tooth, while in Heller's figure the two are represented as placed opposite
each other.

Distribution. Shanghai {Selle)').

Genus Pal^emon *, Fabricius.

262. Pax^mon cakcinus (Fabr.).

P. carcimis (Fabr.), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Bd. v. Ahth. f. Svst. p. TOO, Taf. .\lvii. fig. 1 (1891).

A large series from Bombay; Ganjam ; Calcutta ; Sunderbunds ; Sittoung, Burmah ;
Tavoy (jJai/) ; Burmah {Oates).

The colour is characteristic, the clu_4ipedes, carapace, and abdomen being marked
with purple, as indicated in the figure of Herbst.

The examination of a large series from (liffer(>nt localities has left me in considerable
doul)t as to tlio limitations of this species. I find great variation as regards tlie length
of the chelipcdes in adult males, and the length and toothing of the rostrum, in speci-
mens taken along with, and which I cannot separate from, the typical form. In some
specimens from Bombay, Madras, and Ganjam, in both sexes the rostrum is scarcely
longer than the antennal scales, while the number of teeth is greatly reduced ; and, as

* Thi^re arc several species of Pahtmon in the Day collection which are probably new, but I have not ventured
to characterize them, owing to deficiency of material ; nor have I as yet attempted to identify my Madras specimens.
An example from Ganjam {Day), without chelipedes, and which, therefore, cannot be satisfactorily identified, carries a
Bopyrid parasite, and .some time ap;o I forwarded a specimen, taken in fresh -water at ifadras, to Prof. Giard and
M. Bonnier, with a similar parasite. These authors have recorded two freshwater Bopyrids from the Malay
Archipelago.

442 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

they are normal in other respects, I am forced to regard them as belonging to a variety
in which the apical growth of the rostrum has been arrested.

I refer to the P. Lamarrei, of Milne-Edwards, described from Beugal, certain specimens
from Ganjam, in which the rostrum exceeds the antennal scales by about half its length,
and is upturned distally, with six or more teeth below, and the upper teeth most marked
proximally, in which the telson is narrow and acute, with the subterminal spinules at
some distance from the apex. These were taken with typical examples of P. carcinus,
and I regard them as being merely the young of this species. De Man and Ortmann
regard P. Lamarrei as identical with a species found in Brazil ; but it seems to me
improbable that, in a freshwater genus apparently so plastic as JPalccmon, the same
species should occur iu such widely separate localities.

Distribuiion. India, Burmah, Siam, Malay Peninsvila, and the Malay Archipelago
(Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes, New Guinea).

263. PALJ5M0N DisPAR, von Martcus.

P. dispar (v. Mart.), Ortmann, Zool. Jalirb. Bd. v. Abth. f. Syst. p. 718 (1891), ubi sijnon. ; De Man,
Max Weber'.s Crust, p. 427, Taf. xxvi. fig. 34 (1891).

Calcutta, several specimens [Day).

I refer these with some hesitation to this species. The rostrum is almost straight,
reaching the end of the antennal peduncles, and in some specimens even the end of the
antennal scales, with from nine to thirteen teeth above, and four or more, rarely five,
below, the first two upper teeth separated by a wider interval than the others, and
the third placed above the orbital margin. The carapace is slightly scabrous. The
chelipcdes are very long, slender, and unequal, with the surface scabrous ; the carpus
exceeds the palm by half its length, and the fingers are about half the length of the
palm. Both fingers in the male have a row of tubercles on the inner margin, while in
the female there is simply a sharp edge. The telson is rather broad towards the apex,
but pointed, with the inner subterminal spinules more than twice the length of the
outer ones, or of the apical spine of the telson ; the terminal setae are slightly longer
than the inner S2:)inules. The largest specimen is 73 mm. long, not including the
rostrum, and the larger chelipede 145 mm. long.

Distribution. Reunion, Mauritius, Rodriguez, Malay Archipelago (Adonara, Timor,
riores, Saleyer, Celebes, Amboina), Samoa.

264. PALiEMON SCABRICULUS, Heller.

P. scabriculus, Heller, ' Novara ' Crust, p. 117, Taf. x. fig. 9 (ISOf)) ; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Bd. v.
Abth. f. Syst. p. 710 (1891) ; De Man, Max Weber's Crust, p. 4G2, Taf. xxvii. fig. 41 (1891).

Kotri, on the River Indus, several specimens {Brit. Mm.).

The rostrum is deep, and scarcely reaches the end of the antennal scales ; the teeth are

more erect than usual, and in number ~i^— , the fourth or fifth upper tooth placed above

the orbital margin. The carapace is scabriculate anteriorly and on the branchial areas,
but punctate behind. The chelipedes in the male are about equal in length to the body,

TO INDIAN CAKCINULOGY. 443

pubescent aud slightly scabriculate, with the carpus about (n^ual to the palm ; the
fingers are longer than the palai, and slightly curved iu tiie male, with their opposed
margins finely toothed and pubescent. The right chelipcde is usually larger than the left.
In the female the chelipedes are less elongated, and the lingers may be slightly shorter
than the palm. The telson is truncated, but obtusely pointed at the apex, with the inner
spinules and the seta? very long.

A male is 12 mm. long, not including the rostrum, the right chelipcde 45 mm., and
the left chelipcde 33 mm.

Distribution. Ceylon (Hdler) ; Saleyer and Celebes {De Man).

2G5. Pal.^mon Datanus, n. sp. (PL XL. figs. 7-13.)

A large series from Orissa, Jabbulpore, Calcutta, Beerbhoom, Debroo *, Delhi, Roor-
kee, Hurdwai', Loodiana, River Jumna, Lahore {Day).

The rostrum is usually almost straight, aud extends to the end of the antennal scales,

with the formula ^r— ^ ; on the upper margin the six proximal teeth are equidistant,

and separated by a wider interval from tAvo, or more rarely three, smaller subapical
teeth, wliich are placed close together, while the second, occasionally the third, proximal
tooth is placed above the orbital margin ; on the lower margin the teeth are equidistant,
and slightly decrease in size towards the apex. The free end of the antennal scale is
rouud(>d, and scarcely angulated internally. The carapace is smooth, with the hepatic
spine rather small, and a faint sulcus which commences below the level of the latter
extends back almost to the middle of the side wall of the carapace.

The fir-«t legs exceed the antennal scales by the length of their fingers. The second
legs are of equal size, and rather short, being shorter tlian the body, but moderately
stout; they are pubescent, and very slightly scabrous. The merus and carpus are subequal
in length, the latter being very slightly the longer; the carpus widens slightly towards
its distal end, and is equal in length to the prilm or occasionally a little longer ; the palm
is practically cylindrical, and slightly wider than the carpus. The fingers are two thirds
or more the length of the palm, and pubescent, with sharp cutting-edges in both sexes,
and one or two minute basal teeth ; when examined with a lens after removal of the
hairs, they are seen to be finely ridged longitudinally on all sides, and punctate between
the ridges. The ambulatory legs are rather slender. The telson is shorter than tlio
terminal appendages ; its apex is ratlier broad, hut with a short median spine; the inner
spinules are considerably longer than tlu; median point, and more than twice the length
of the outer spinules. The fertilized eggs carried by the female are remarkably large
(in some specimens nearly 2 mm. in diameter), and this perhaps points to direct develop-
ment occurring in the species.

An adult male from Roorkee is 4S mm. long, not including the rostrum ; the fii'st legs
are ID'") mm. long, and the second legs 3(J mui. long. An adult female from tlie same
locality is 45 mm. long, the first legs are 17'5 mm., and the second legs 29 mm. The
largest specimen is a male from Beerljlionm .").") mm. long ; and a female with ova from the

* The locality thus expressed ou the hibel of the bottle is probably the lliver Diljru in Assam.

4M MR. J. R. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

Punjab is 38 mm. long. The second legs give the following measurements in the best
preserved examples : —

Roorkee (J . Roorkee c? ■ Lahore (^ .

mm. mm. mm.

Lengtli of merus 7-8 7-6 . ... 8-3

,, carpus 8 8 9

palm 8 7-8 9

fingers 5-3 56 6-7

This species, which is apparently very common in North India, exhibits considerable
variation in the lengtli, form, and toothing of the rostrum. In some specimens the
rostrum is considerably shorter than the antennal scales, while in others it exceeds these
by nearly one tlih-d of its length, and is somewhat upturned distally ; the most diverse
forms occur, however, in the same localities, and are connected by transitional forms.
The upper rostral teeth vary in number from five to ten, according to the length of the
rostrum, but in nearly all cases two are subterminal, and tlie distance between these and
the proximal teeth depends upon the length of the rostrum, i. e. it is greatest in the
lone-rostrum forms ; the lower teeth are much more constant, their number being from
five to seven.

P. Dayanus belongs to that small section of Ortmann's group Eitpalcemon in which the
carpus and merus are subequai, or the carpus only slightly longer, and it is distinguished
from the other species by the characters of its rostrum, second legs, and especially by the
peculiar ridging of the fingers. P. Malcolmsonil*, Milne-Edw. (Jacquemont's Voyage
dans rindc. Crust, p. 8, pi. iii. 18M), from Nagpore, has the rostrum elevated proxim-
ally, with a single subapical tooth, the chelipedes longer than the body, the mobile finger
with a velvety covering of hair, and it is a much larger species, attaining a length
of 155 mm.

266. Paljemon altifrons, n. sp. (PL XL. figs. 4-6.)

Delhi, three specimens; River Jumna, six specimens; Lahore, six specimens {Bay).
The rostrum reaches the end of the antennal peduncles, and is vertically deep, with

the teeth ^i^. The upper teeth are subequai and more erect than usual, with their
interspaces ciliated, and the fourth tooth, occasionally the third, placed above the orbital
margin ; the three, or more rarely two, lower teeth are subequai in size. The upper
margin of the rostrum is convex, but the apex is placed in the same horizontal line as
the surface of the carapace ; the apex forms an acute and slightly upturned tooth. The
free end of the antennal scale is rounded internally. The carapace is slightly scabriculate
anteriorly, and the hepatic spine is rather small.

The first legs have the middle of the palm opposite the end of the antennal scale.

»

This species has, so far as I am aware, not been referred to since Jfihie-EdwarJs published his description, nor
is it included by Ortmann in his revision of the genus. In the characters of its rostrum it bears considerable
resemblance to P. Weheri, De Man, from Celebes.

TO IXDTAX CATJCIXOLOGT. 115

The second le2:s avo subequal, or slightly unoqunl, in the adult male ; they are about equal
in length to tlu; l)ody, with all the joints roughened by small thorny points, and practic-
ally cylindrical. The carpus is a little shorter thau the merus, and the form(>r is slightly
expanded distally ; the palm is longer than the merus, though scarcely broader than tlie
distal end of the carpus ; the tiugers are more than half the length of the pahn, and
smooth above and below, with two or three small teeth on the inner surface of the
proximal half of each, the distal halves with a sharp cutting edge, and the apices yellow,
horny, and incurved. The thorny spinules, though fewer in number here, are specially
developed on the inner surface of the hand and immobile finger. The ambulatory legs
are robust, and the posterior margin of the propodi is furnished with setae. The apex of
the telson is rather broad and obtusely pointed ; the subterminal spinules are short, the
inner pair being only slightly longer than the outer pair, while the terminal seta? are
very long.

An adult male from Delhi is 52 mm. long, second legs 50 mm., merus 10-5 aim.,
carpus 9 5 niTn., palm 14 mm., fingers 7"8 mm. An adult female from the Jumna is
50 mm. long, and the second legs 40 mm. long.

In adult females the fingers are not toothed internally, and the entire inner edges are
thin ; in young individuals the chelipedes are almost smooth, and in one specimen the
fingers are even slightly longer than the palm. The carapace is much more scabriculate
in some examples than in others.

In some respects this species resembles P. scubriculus, but in the latter the fingers are
longer than the palm, and there are other important diflferences. It comes nearest to
P. equidens, Dana, as defined by De Man ( = P. acutirostris, De Man, Mergui Crust.),
with which it agrees in having the carpus shorter than the merus, but in Dana's
species the rostrum is not nearly so deep, and has usually four teeth below, while the
inner subterminal spinules of the telson are very long. P. asperulus, v. Mart., from
Shanghai, has a similar rostral formula, and also a short carpus, but its rostrum is longer
and not so deep, with the upper margin straight. Our species belongs to that small
section of Evpalcemon in which the carpus is shorter than the merus ; it is characterized
by the form of its rostrum, particularly the great depth and acute apex. P. laiiceifroit.-<,
Dana, from the Philippines and Ceylon, has a somewhat similar rostrum, but the carpus
in this species is much longer than the merus.

Genus Nika, Risso.
2G7. NiKA I'KOCKSSA, Bate.

N. prcjci'ssn, Bate, 'Challenger' .Macnua, \>. o27, pi. \cv. (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, five specimens {Gates).

This species may be distinguished from X. macroijuatha, Stm., recorded from ilergui
by De Man, by its longer rostrum, which eciuals or is even slightly longer tlian the eye-
stalks. It is very nearly allied to the European N. edulis, Risso, and distinguished,
according to Rate, merely by its smaller size and longer legs. A female with o^ a is
31 mm. long.

Distribution. Amboina, 15 fathoms {Bate).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 63

446 ME. J. E. HENDEESOX— A CONTEIBUTION

Genus jEgeon, Risso.

268. ^GEON ORIENTALIS, 11. ,sp. (PI. XL. figS. 16, 17.)

Gulf of Martaban, a female ( Oates).

The rostrum is shorter than the eyes, and excavated dorsally, with the apex obtuse
and minutely bidentate ; a small tooth is placed on either side of the middle of the
rostrum. The carapace has a median and three lateral rows of teeth on each side,
running the entire length from end to end. The median row is composed of five equal
teeth, the first placed at a short distance from the rostrum. The submedian row is com-
posed of seven subequal teeth^ the most anterior of which is placed in front of the first
of the median row. The lateral row is also composed of seven teeth, but they gradually
diminish in size on passing backwards, and the most anterior is placed on the same level
as the first tooth of the median row. The lateral marginal row is composed of seven
teeth, the first placed immediately behind the large antero-lateral spine of thes carapace,
and well developed ; the second is smaller, and the rest are minute, becoming almost
imperceptible liehind. A prominent spine occurs on the anterior margin of the carapace,
external to the eye, but it is only about half the size of the antero-lateral spine.

The first legs are rather stout ; the second pair slender and chelate, scarcely reaching
the middle of the propodus of the first pair ; the third pair very slender, and slightly
longer than the first pair ; the last two pairs rather stout. The antennal scale is short
and broad, only sliglitly longer than the antennular peduncle, with a dense fringe of
long hairs on its inner margin. The terminal segment of the antennular peduncle
extends to the middle of the last joint of the antennal peduncle. The external maxilli-
pedes are slightly longer than the first legs. The abdominal segments have a series of
submedian and lateral dorsal keels ; on the first segment a submedian pair, and a lateral
pair on either side ; on the next three segments a single median keel, with a single
lateral one on either side ; and on the fifth and sixth segments a submedian pair, with a
single lateral keel on each side. The submedian keels on tlie tliird and fourth segments
are more pronounced than any of the others. The telson is acuminate, and faintly
channelled dorsally.

The single specimen is 27"5 mm. long, measured between the apices of the rostrum
and telson.

The Burmese species bears a general resemblance to A. cataphr'actus (Oliv.), from the
Mediterranean, but the latter has the teeth of the carapace both more prominent and
more numerous, while there is a concavity on each hepatic region, in addition to other
differences. There can l)e no doubt, however, that the two species are congeneric.

Group Pen^idea.
Genus Pen^eus, Pabricius.

I have included all the species of Fenmis referred to in this paper, provisionally at
least, in a single genus, though, so far as I know, only P. monodon and P. mdicus belong

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY. 117

to that genus, as restricted by Pi'of. S. J. Smith ; most of the species are prol)ably
referable to ParapencBtis, Smith, which is characterized chiefly by the absence of
branchiae from the last thoracic segment *. A revision of the Penscida^, based on a
large collection both of shallow-water and deep-water forms, is much needed, for at
present the genera are in a state of considerable confusion, and Spence Bate appears to
have worked independently of the results previously arrived at by Smith. Too much
stress has perhaps been laid on certain features of the branchial arrangement, as, for
instance, the number of epipodites. in drawing up generic characters.

269. Pen^us monodon, Fabr.

P. monodon (Fabr.), Bate, 'Challenger' Macrura, p. 2r>(), pi. xxxiv. fig. 1 (1888).

{ = !'■ semisulcatus, De llaan).

Bombay, Madras, Ganjam, many specimens (JMy) ; very common on the Soutli
Indian coast and the chief edible species (J. i?. IT.).

The rostrum is about equal to the antenual peduncles, though sometimes longer, and
is continued as a sulcate I'idge almost to the hind margin of the carapace ; the tootli-

formiila is ^^-^, with usually three teeth below. Th(> antennular flagella are about

equal in length to the peduncle. A short longitudinal ridge occurs on the carapace
below the hepatic spine, and parallel to the fri'e margin. The basal joint of the first
legs is bispinose, that of the second legs unispinose. The fourth, fifth, and sixth
abdominal segments are carina ted. The species reaches a length of about a foot.
P. tahitensis, Ileller, and P. carinattis, Dana, are perhaps referable to this species.

Distribution. From the Red Sea and K. Africa to Japan, Australia, and the Pacific
(Fijis).

270. Pen^tjs iNDicus, Milne-Edw.

/'. iiidicm (Milne-Edw.), Bate, 'Challenger' Macrura, p. 219, pi. xxxiii. fig. 2 (1888).

(=/'. mcrgitiensis, De Man).

Kurachi, Madras, Ganjam, Calcutta, Akyab, many specimens {Lay) ; very common at
Madras {J. B. H.).

The rostrum is styliform distally, and \ aries consideralily in length ; in young
examples it is usually considerably longer than the antennular peduncles, whereas in
adults it is generally shorter than in the young, and is continued as a prominent crest to

~ y

about the middle of the carapace ; the tooth-formula is 7^-_-., with, as a rule, four to six

small teeth below . On the carapace the rostrum forms a faint and obscurely sulcate ridge
posteriorly, which, however, does not reach the hind margin. The antennular flagella

* The genus Metapenctuis, Wood-Mason (,Anu. Mag. xNat. Kisl. ser. G, vol. viii. p. 271, IS'Jl), is .separated from
ParajHua-us by vei^ alight characters, the most important of which is the presence of a rudimentary anterior
arthrobianch on the penultimate thoracic segment, a character which is absent in one of the species referred by
Wood-JIason to the genus.

63*

448 ME. J. R. HENDERSON — A CONTEIBUTION

apparently vary in length, but are usually longer tlian the peduncles. There is no
hepatic ridge on the carapace. The species reaches a length of about eight inches.
Distribution. Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago.

271. Pen^eus affinis, Milne-Edw.

P. affinis (Milne-Edw.), Bate, Ann. j\Iag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 179, pi. xii. fig. 6 (1881).

( = ? P. monoceros, Fabr.).

Kurachi {Brit, litis.) ; Bombay, Canara, Madras, many specimens (Day) ; common
at Madras (J. B. H.).

The rostrum is straight, or only slightly sinuous, reaching the end of the antennular
peduncles, and continued back as a faint ridge almost to thci hind margin of the

carapace ; the tooth-formula is -—^, the first tooth placed above the hepatic spine, and

the second slightly behind the orbit. The antennular flagella are much shorter than the
peduncle. The first three pairs of legs are unispinose at the base. The fourth, fifth,
and sixth abdominal segments are carinated. A small sulcus is seen at the side of the
base of the rostrum, termed by Stimpson the gastro-froutal sulcus. The fifth pair of
legs in the male have a short projecting process bounding a notch near the proximal
end of the ischium, but this is either faintly marked or absent in young males. Pro-
bably this species w^ill prove to be synonymous Avith the older P. monoceros, Fabr. It
is much smaller than either of the foregoing species.
Distribution. Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago.

272. Pen-EUS sculptilis. Heller.

F. sculptilis (Heller), De Man, Mergui Crust, p. 286 (1888).

( = 7-". Hardwickii, Miersj.

Kurachi [Brit. Mm.) ; Malabar, Sunderbunds, many specimens (Dai/) ; Gulf of
Martaban, several specimens [Oates) ; Madras (,/. B. H.).

The rostrum is upturned and styliform distally, varying considerably in length, but
usually a third or more of its length longer than the antennular peduncles, and continued
back as a more or less sulcate ridge almost to the hind margin of the carapace ; the

tooth-formula is ~ , and the first two teeth are placed as in the last species. The

antennular flagella vary considerably in length, but are usually longer than the
peduncles. The first and second legs are unispinose at the base. All the al)dominal
segments may be carinated, but the first three indistinctly so, and sometimes not jit all.
This species bears some resemblance to P. affinis, but is distinguished at once from the
latter by the presence of three crack-like marks or fissures in the integument, one
(which may be absent) on the edge of the pleuron of the first abdominal segment, the
second on the branchiostegite beiiiud the middle of the carapace, and the third on the
carapace, commencing above the anteunal spine and running parallel to tlie rostral ridge,
as far as a point beyond the middle of the carapace. In the adult male the meropoditc of
the fourth pair of legs is slightly dilated, but the fifth pair are not notched.

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGY, i49

Considerable variation is seen iu the length of the tclson, and in some specimens the
marginal spinules are well developed, especially the subapical pair, while in others the
whole series is scarcely marked, or even altogether absent.

Distribution. Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago.

273. Pen^us Dobsoni, Miers.

/'. dobsoni, Miers, Proc. Zool. Soe. p. ;502, pi. xvii. fiji. 2 (1878).

Madras ; a female specimen, probably from Iresh water (J. It. H.).

The surface of the body is slightly pubescent. The rostrum is styliform and slightly

upturned distally, Avith the dental formula jj, the first tooth at some distance fro.n the

second, and the fovu'th above the orbitil margin. The antennular liagella are about
equal in length to the peduncle. The first tliree pairs of legs are unispinose at the base.
The fifth pair of legs are rudimeutai'y in the female, being represented merely by a basal
protuberance on each side (while in males they arc normal, according to Miers). The
genital bursa or thelycuin * in the female is trefoil-shaped, with a central depression.
The total length of the Madras specimen is 103 mm.
Disiribiition. Mangalore, Western India (fliers).

274. Pen^^us velutinus, Dana.

P. vt'/utinus (Dana), Bate, 'Challenger' Macrura, p. 253, pi. \.\.\iii. fig. 1 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, a series {Oates).

The rostrum is straight, or rises sliglitly from the base to the apex, and scarcely
reaches the end of the antennular peduncles, while posteriorly it does not extend behind

the middle of the carapace ; the dental formula is -^, the lower margin witli long cilia,

and the fir.st upper tooth separated by a wide interval from the second. The antennular
flagella are very short, being scarcely as long as the two terminal joints of the peduncle.
The entire surface of the body is pubescent. The eyes are of larger size than usual.
The last four abdominal segments are cariuatcd, and the distal half of the telson is
armed witli well-developed lateral spiniis. The petasma in the male is asymmetrical.
The largest Martaban example is (55 mm. long.

Distribution. Red Sea [Miers) ; Mauritius [Itichtcvs) ; Singapore ( JFalker) ; Malay
Archipelago (^a/e) ; N. Australia (i>rt/6') ; W. Australia (.l//er6") ; Loo-choo \'&. [Stinip-
son); .Japaa [Stimpson, Bate, Ortinann); Sandwich Is. [Dana). It oc(!urs also in the
Atlantic region, on the coast of Senegainbia [Miers), and iu the West Indies is repre-
sented by tlie closely allied P. pnbescens, Stin., which Miers regarded as scarcely
distinct.

* .UtLough good specific characters arc probably to be obtained from this organ, and from the petasma in the
male, 1 have not attempted to dostribe tliom in the other species, owing to the diflSculty of doing so without
rcl'ereuce to tigures.

450 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A OONTEIBUTION

275. Pen^us brevicornis, Milue-Edw.

P. brevicornis, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 417 (1837).

P. avirostris, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. pt. i. p. 603, pi. xl. fig. 3 (1852).

Kvirachi, two specimens [Bi^it. Mm.) ; Calcutta, one specimen {Day).

The rostrum is short, only slightly exceeding the eyes, with the dental formula ^ ;.

the distal half is styliform and unarmed, while the proximal half is slightly elevated above
the level of the apical portion ; the two proximal teeth are separated by a wider interval
than any of the others. The antennular flagella are about equal in length to the
peduncle. The hepatic spine is minute. The first three pairs of legs are unispiuose at
the base, while the fifth legs in the male are slender, with a proximal notch and ridge.
The fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments are carinated.

The specimens appear to belong to Dana's species, with which they closely agree, and
they are probably also referable to Milne-Edwards 's P. brevicornis. P. Lysianassa, De
Man, from Mergui, is an allied species, but distinguished by its much shorter rostrum,
which is also more elevated ; the petasma has a different form, and the fifth leg in the
male is not only notched, but provided with a hooked process.

Distribution. Indian Seas {Mihie-JEchcards) ; Mauritius (Pie/;^ers) ; Singapore (/>«««) ;
Borneo [Miers).

276. PENiEUS CANALicuLATUS, Olivier.

P. canaliculatiis (Oliv.), Bate, 'Challenger' Macrura, p. 24o, pi. xxxi., pi. xxxii. fig. I, pi. xxxvii.
fig. 2 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, a single specimen (Oates).

The rostrum is slightly curved, and with the dental formula y (in the species generally

9— 1"^
it is -J—"); posteriorly it is continued to the hind margin of the carapace as a deeply

sulcate ridge, on eitlier side of which is a well-marked lateral sulcus. The first and
second pairs of legs are unispinose at the base. The telson is unarmed, or provided with
very minute lateral spinules. P. carmnote, Risso, from the Mediterranean, and P.
brasiliensis, Latr., from Eastern America, are closely allied.

Distribution. From the Red Sea and E. Africa to Japan, Australia, and the Pacific
(Tahiti, Fijis).

277. Pen^us compressipes, n. sp. (PI. XL. figs. 21, 22.)

Gulf of Martaban, a female (Oates).

The rostrum is short and straight, only slightly exceeding the eyes, and continued as a

g
faint ridge almost to the hinder margin of the carapace, with the dental formula ^ ; the

first tooth is placed some distance behind the level of the hepatic spine, almost half-way
back on the carapace, and separated by a wide interval from the second, the tliird tooth
nearly above the orbit ; the upper teeth are continued to the apex, and the lower margin
is ciliated. The eyes are rather small, with slender peduncles. The antennal scales are

TO INDIAN CARCINOLOGY.

451

elongated and narrow ; the flagella are wanting in the single specimen. The antennular
peduncles are long, and about equal in length to the antenual scales, with the two
Hagella subequal, and slightly longer than the carapace. The cervical groove is faintly
marked on the carapace.

The first four pairs of legs are rather short, with the meral and carpal joints broad
and flattened, and the lower margin of all the joints fringed with modertitely long but
not very numerous hairs ; no spines are visible at the bases of any of the legs. The
second and third chelate pairs have the fingers long and slender, almost twdcc the length
of the palm. The last pair of legs, in the female at least, are elongated and slender,
especially the last three joints, which are cylindrical and very narrow. The thelycum
shows two prominent parallel ridges bounding its lateral moieties internally. The last
three abdominal segments are carinated, and there are traces of a carina on the third
segment. The telson and last appendages are rather short, the former with a lateral
basal notch on each side, but the margins otherwise entire, and without spinules, the
apex not specially narrowed.

The branchial formula given below requires confirmation, as taken from a single
specimen in which the gills readily became detached. There can be no doubt, however,
that the last thoracic segment is without branchiae, and the peu ultimate carries merely
a single arthrobranch ; the presence of a pleurobranch on segment VII. is unusual.

1

Segments ....

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

Total.

Ej)ipodites

0

0

1

'

1

0

0

W

Podobranchia^ ....

0

u

0

0

II

0

0

1

Arthrobranchiaj . .

0

.^

2

2

2

2

1

0

1]

Pleurobranchiae . .

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

4

Total

0

^

3

4

4

3

1

0

4 + 11 + ] +(4)

The length of l)ody, not including the rostrum, is 39 mm., of the rostrum 3-3 mm.,
and of the antennal scales 7 "5 mm.

Although there is only a single specimen of this species, I have ventured to descinbe
it as new, for it possesses very decided characteristics, in the broad flattened feet, the
narrow elongatcnl last pair of legs, the long antennular flagella, and the toothing of the
rostrum ; these characters arc suflicient to distinguish it irom tlie other described
species. It does not belong to the restricted genus Pencsus, and is perhaps typical of a
new genei'ic division. In souk; respects it bears a resemblance to certain species of
HemipencBus, Bate, but in the diagnosis of this genus the liepatic spine is said to be
absent, while it is present in our species.

452 ME. J. E. IIENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

Genus Solenoceka, Lucas.

278. SoLENOCERA CRASSicoRNis (Milne-Edw.).

PeiKBUs crassicornis, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 418 (1837).

Gulf of Martaban, a single specimen {Oates) ; Madras, a single specimen {J. R. H.).

The rostral formula is -, the first tooth situated on the gastric area at some distance

from the others, the lower margin ciliated. The antennular flagella are longer than the
carapace ; the broad outer flagellum longitudinally grooved or concave along its inner
surface, and enveloping the slender internal flagellum. The third pair of legs have
the carpus elongated, with the proximal half swollen, and the distal half narrow and
cylindrical.

Spence Bate, in his ' Challenger ' Report, refers this species to his genus Fhilonlcus,
but in the latter the antennular flagella, though long, are otherwise normal.

Bistrihution . Shores of India {Milne-Edwards); Waltair, Madras Presidency [Sir
Walter Elliot, fide Spence Bate).

Genus Acetes, Milne-Edwards.
279. Acetes indicus, Milne-Edw.

Acetes indicus (Milne-Edw.), Bate, ' Challenger ' Macrura, pi. Ixxv. fig. 1 (1888).

Gulf of Martaban, two specimens {Oates).

The larger specimen is 26 mm. long. In this aberrant genus the last two pairs of
thoracic appendages are absent.

Distribution. Mouth of the Ganges (Milne-Edwards) ; India {Sir W. Elliot, fide Spence
Bate); Singapore (Z'flw^, Walker).

Order STOMATOPODA*.

Genus Ltsiosqtjilla, Dana.

280. Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabr.).

L. maculata (Fabr.), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 5, pi. i. figs. 1, 2 (1880).

Madras {Brit. Mus., J. R. H.); Tuticorin {Thurston).

Distribution. Red Sea, Rodrigiiez, Indian Seas, Malay Archipelago, Japan, and the
Pacific (Samoa, Pijis, Sandwich Is., &c.).

Genus Squilla, Fabricius.

281. Sqtjilla nepa, Latr.

S. nepa (Latr.), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 25, pi. ii. fig. 13 (1880).
Madras {Brit. Mus.) ; Ceylon {Haly) ; Twiicov'iw {Thurston) . Very common at Madras
{J. R. H.).

* Mr. Pocoek has kindly furnished me with a list of the Indian Stomatopoda in the collection of the British
Museum, and I have incorporated their localities with my own notes.

TO INDIAN CAECINOLOGT. 453

This is the commonest Stomatopod on the Soutli Indian coast. My largest specimen
is 147 mm. long.

Distribution. From India to China, Japan, Australia, and the Pacitic generally, as far
as New Zealand and the coast of Chili.

282. Sqtjilla affinis, Berthold.

S. affinis, Berthold, Abliandl. konij^l. Gesellscli. Wiss. (jottiiigcu, Bd. iii. p. 2(), Taf. iii. ti|^s. 1, 2
(1847).

S. oraturia,'De Ilaaii, Crust. Japon. p. 223, pi. ii. fi-r. 2 (1850); Heller, ' Novara ' Crust, p. 124
(1865).

Madras ; Sunderhunds {Brit. 31ms.) ; Rameswaram (J. R. II.).

This species is closely allied to »S'. nepa, with which it has prohahly often been con-
fused, and the two are not separated by Miers in his Revision of the Squillidai ; the
distinguishing characters, though slight, appear however to ha constant. The two
species are sepai'ated by Dr. H. J. Hansen, who has i-ecently examined the Stomatopoda
in the British Museum.

In *S'. affinis tlie eyes are mvich larger than in .S". nepa, with their corneal portions
greatly dilated and oblique ; the free thoracic and abdominal segments arc more strongly
carinated dorsally ; and very constantly the median line or sulcated carina of the carapace
widens anteriorly to enclose a very short oval space, situated behind the frontal plate,
whereas in specimens of S. nepa, of similar size, the space so enclosed is fully twice as
long, and extends almost half-way back between the frontal plate and the transverse
line which interrujits the median carina.

Distribution. 3i\i)an{De JIaau) ; Chma (Dcrtholti, Brit. Miis.); Port Curtis, Australia
{Brit. IIus.) ; Ceylon {Seller). Probably some of the localities recorded for S. nepa
i-efer to the present species.

283. Squilla SCORPIO, Latr.

S. Scorpio (Latr.), Micrs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. scr. 5, vol. v. p. 18, pi. ii. fig. 7 (1880).

Madras, not uncommon {J. R. II.).

The colour-markings are characteristic. Four almost confluent dark spots are arranged
transversely oit the dorsal surface of the second abdominal segment, a large spot is seen
on the proximal joint of the exopodite of the terminal abdominal appendages, and the
lateral process of the first free thoracic segment is also dark in colour.

Distribution. From India to China and Australia.

281. Squilla rapuidka, Fabr.

;S'. raj)hidea (Fabr.), Micrs, Ann. .Mag. Nat. Hist. scr. ;">, vol. v. p. 27 (1880).

Sunderhunds {Brit. JIus.) ; Madras {J. Ii. II.).

A specimen from Madras in the Madras Central Museum measures thirteen inches in
length.

Distribution. From East /Africa to Japan.

SECOND SERIKS. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. <j t

454 ME. J. R. HENDERSON— A CONTRIBUTION

Genus Pseudosquilla, Dana.

285. Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.).

P. ciliata (Fabr.), Miers, Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 30, pi. iii. figs. 7, 8 (D880).

India [Brit. IIus.) ; Madras (J. M. H.).

Bistribution. Prom the Red Sea to Australia and the Pacitic (Pijis, Sandwich Is., &c.).
It has also been recorded from the West Indies by Von Martens and Brooks.

Genus Gonodactylus, Latreille.

286. GONODACTTLUS CHIRAGRA (Pabr.).

G. chiragra (Fabr.), Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 40 (1880).
India; Andamaus ; Galle, Ceylon {Brit. Miis.).

Bistribution. Prom the Red Sea and East Africa to Australia, and the Pacific. It is
also recorded from the Mediterranean, tlie West Indies, and the coast of Plorida.

287. GONODACTYLUS GLABER, Brooks.

G. (//abrous, Brooks, 'Challenger' Stomatopoda, p. 62, pi. xiv. fig. a, pi. sv. figs. 7, 9 (1886).

Ceylon (Brit. IIus.) ; Tuticorin, RaHieswa]'am, and Silavaturai Par, many specimens
{Thurston); very common between tide-marks and on the reef at Rameswaram
{J. R. H.).

G. glaher is closely allied to O. yraphurus, Miers, but the diiferences appear constant
in a lar^e series ; I have not met with the latter s^jecies, nor does the British Museum
possess Indian specimens.

In G. (jraphurus the first five abdominal segments liave a distinct dorsal impressed
line or groove (" suture " of Brooks), which, commencing near the mid-dorsal line of
each somite, passes to the lateral surface, and takes a rounded anterior curve so as to
resemble a fish-hook ; on the fourth and fifth segments tlie two lateral grooves almost
meet in the middle line. Two smaller grooves are also present on the pleura of the
same segments, one arising from the convex bend of the hook, the other rising from the
anterior margin of tlie pleuron, and taking a curved cou.rse. In G. glaher the dorsal
surface of the abdominal segments is perfectly smooth, and merely faint grooves are
seen on the pleura. In G. graplmrns there is a short median carina on the sixth
abdominal segment, placed between the submedian longitudinal elevations ; whereas in
G. glaher this carina is usually absent, or at most but faintly indicated. According to
Brooks the projections on the sixth abdominal segment and telson are more sharply
defined and less swollen in G. glaher ; but this cliaracter appears to be of doubtful value,
for in the type-specimen of G. grapliurus (originally named by White in MS.) the
elevations are sharply defined, and even narrower than in my examples of G. glaher.

My series includes specimens from 15 mm. in length up to a length of Gi mm.

Bistribution. Samboangan {Brooks) ; Aden ; Massowah ; Eastern Seas ; Sooloo Sea ;
Sir C. Hardy's Island, N. Australia {Brit. Mas.).

TO INDTAN CARCINOLOGY. 455

288. GoNODACTTLTJS Demanii, n. sp. (PI. XL. figs. 23, 24.)

Gonodactylus, n. sp.? De Man, Brock's Crust, p. 571, Taf. xxii.«, fig. 7 (1888).

Rameswaram ; four females, two males {J. R. K. ).

I have pleasure in naming this species after Dr. J. G. De Man, who, in liis Report on
the Crustacea collected by Dr. Brock in the Malay Archipelago, describes and figures a
single specimen from Pulo Edam, pointing out that it is probably new, but without
giving it a name. It is closely allied to G. chlvagru, but tlie differences seem to me
other than varietal, and are not due to the specimens being young, for the following
comparison has been made with examples of G. chiragra of similar size, and from various
localities, in the British Museum collection.

In G. chiragra the median of the three bosses or elevations on the dorsal surface of
the telson is always narrow and longitudinally oval, witli its distal end frequently
embraced by a liorse-shoe-shaped or semicucular elevation, but without spinules. In
G. Demanii the central elevation is much broader, and indeed subglobular ; when viewed
in profile it is also seen to rise much higher aljove the level of the telson than in the
other species. A series of from five to seven spinules is placed at the distal end of this
elevation, usually arranged in a somewhat semicircular form, l)ut there is no trace of the
semicircular elevation seen in G. chiragra, unless the spinule-bearing region represents
it. The narrow lateral bosses, which are not sufiiciently defined in De Man's figui'c,
carry one or two spinules at their distal ends, and two or three spinules also occur at
the base of each of the two submediau terminal spines of the telson. None of these
spinules occur in G. chiragra, and in this species the four inner longitudinal and spinulc-
tipped elevations on the sixth abdominal segment are subequal in size, or at most the
median pair are only very slightly larger, whereas in aU my specimens of G. Demand
the median pair are distinctly larger. The lateral processes of the frontal plate are more
acute than in G. chiragra, but this part appears to vary slightly in the latter species.
In all the specimens, round black pigment spots occur on the dorsal surface of the
hinder portion of the carapace, on the second free thoracic segment, and on the first,
third, fourth, and fifth tibdominal segments ; this may be a juvenile character, but in
similar-sized examples of G. chiragra the mottlings, when present, are neither so well
marked nor so regularly distributed.

The largest specimen, a female, is 23 mm. long, and the largest male 20-5 mm. ; but
the second male, although only 12 mm. long, has the sexual appendages developed.
De Man's specimen, a female, was 17 nun. long.

Distrihntion . Pulo Edam {Do M(t)i).

Genus Protosquili.a, Brooks.
289. Protosquilla trispinosa (Dana).

Gonodactylus trispmoms{T)a.xi9.),'bil\ers,,X\\n. Mag. Nut. Hist scr. 5, vol. v. p. 11, pi. iii. fig. 10 (1880).

Rameswaram {Thnrstou) ; Gulf of Martaban ; Ceylon [Brit. Mus.).

Distribution. Mauritius {Hoffmann) ; West Australia and Amboina {Miers) -. Auckland,
New Zealand {Heller); Fijis (Dana).

456 ME. J. E. HENDEESON — A CONTEIBUTION

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Hoplopknjs Oatesii, geu. et sp. n. x 3.

2. Ditto, cephalic region from below.

3. Ditto, clielipede.

4. Ditto, abdomen.

5. Micippa margaritifera, sp. u. x 2.

6. Ditto, deflexed region of carapace viewed from the front.

7. Ditto, ambulatory leg.

8. Lophact(ea fissa, sp. n. x 2.
8 a. Ditto, chelipede.

9. Hypoccelus rugomis, sp. n. x 2.

10. Ditto, chelipede. x 3.

11. Ditto, ptervgostomial cavity.

12. Hypoccelus granulatua, de Haan, pterygostoraial cavity.

13. Halimede Thurstoni, sp. n. x 2.

14. Ditto, chelipede.

15. Actumnus verrucosus, sp. n. x 2.

16. Ditto, chelipede.

17. Sarmatium tndicum, var. malabaricum, n., chelipede.

18. Xenophthahnus obscurus, sp. u. x 2.

19. Ditto, cephalic region from before.

Plate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Telphusd Masoniana, sp. n., nat. size.

2. Ditto, cephalic region from before.

3. Ditto, external maxillipede.

4. Ditto, abdomen of male.

5. Telphusa Pocockiana, sp. n., nat. size.

6. Ditto, cephalic region from before.

7. Ditto, external maxillipede.

8. Ditto, abdomen of male.

9. Kraussia nitida, Stm., front of carapace.

10. Philyra verrucosa, sp. n. x 2.

11. Ditto, cephalic region from below.

12. Ditto, abdomen of male.

13. Pseudophilyra pusilla, sp. n. x 4.

14. Ditto, cephalic region from below.

15. Ditto, abdomen of male.

TO IXDIAX CAECmOLOGY. 457

Platk XXXV Hi.

Fig. 1. Phihjra polita, sp. n., iiat. size.

2. Ditto, cephalic regimi irom below.

■'5. Ditto, abdomen of male.

I. Ebaltafallax, sp. a. x 2.

■J. Ditto, abdomen of male.

(J. Ditto, chelipede.

7. Pseudodromia inivj/rifrons, sp. n. x 2.

■S. Ditto, thoracic sternal region of female.

'.). Ditto, cephalic region from below.

10. Bnainoidvs serraiifrons, sp. n. x 2.

11. Ditto, cephalic region from below.

12. Ditto, chelipede.

I. '5. Alhunca TImrstoni, sp. n. x 2.

1 f. Ditto, cheli|)ede.

]."). Ditto, telsoii.

IG. Catapaf/urus tnsifer, sp. n., front from above.

17. Ditto, small clielipede.

IS. Ditto, large chelipede.

1".). Ditto, abdomen of male, showing co|)ulatory oi'gan.

i'l.VTE XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Dinf/encs affinis, sp. n., front from above. X I-.

2. Ditto, large chelipede. x .'5.

.'i. Diof/eues violaceus, sp. n., fiont from above. x A.

{•. Ditto, large chelipede. x ."5.

."). Dioyeiics pluiiimanus, s|). n., I'ront from above. x I.

(J. Ditto, large chelipede. x :■,.

7. Diogenes costatus, sp. n., front from above. x f.

S. Ditto, large chelipede. x .'i.

!). Troglopajiuriis manaarciisis, gen. et sp n., IVont from above. x G.

10. Ditto, large chelipede.

11. Ditto, small chelij)ede.

12. Etipagiirus zebra, sp. n. x 2.
1.3. Ditto, front from above.

1 1. Ditto, large chelipede.

I.~). Ditto, snndl chelipede.

1(). Pachycheles tomentosus, sp. n. x 2.

17. Ditto, frontal region from bcfoi'c.

IS. Ditto, large chelipede

11). H/iapkidopus indicHs, s\). u. x .'V

20. Ditto, cephalic region i'rom b(Tur<'.

21. Ditto, large chelipede.

22. Ditto, ambnlatory leg.

.siccoxn sKiui:s. — zoology, vol.. v. O.'i

458 A CONTKIBUTIOX TO INDIAN CARCINOLOliV.

Plate XL.

Fig. 1 Alpheus malabaricus (Fahr.), front from above.

2. Ditto, large chelipede.

3. Ditto, small chelipede.

4. Palcemon altifrons, sp. n., anterior portion of carapace.

5. Ditto, chelipede.

6. Ditto, apex of telson.

7-10. Pal<Binon Dayanus, sp. n., anterior portion of carapace in four examples.

11. Ditto, chelipede.

12. Ditto, fingers, showing grooved surface.

13. Ditto, apex of telson.

14. Leander tenuipes, sp. n., nat. size.

15. Ditto, apex of telson.

16. yEyeon orientalis, sp. n., dorsal view, x 2.

17. Ditto, side view of cephalothorax.

18. Angasia Stimpsonii, sp. n. x H.

19. Ditto, dorsal view of cephalothorax.

20. Ditto, telson.

21. Penaus compressipes, sp. n. x IJ.

22. Ditto, telson.

23. Gonodactylus Demanii, sp. n., dorsal view, x 3.

24. Ditto, sixth abdominal segment and telson from al)ove.

HendeT'son.

Tt^ans, Linn. Soc. Zool Ser. 2.VolV PI 36

Berje«.u^HiC|hley dfd et hth .

Wfrit.Ifcwir-^r. '.mx..

NEW ■k:~'av

:'ACEA

Hetiderson

'^J^NS. liTNN

V P1.37.

'■-s^

^V .;i.-:-F'^

rj^\

_,p.5P<|Kft>*9r.*:^,

r^eij'-aii&fiighlev

■?it (•«t«T>iiUI iltif.

NEW INDIA

PACE A

Henderson.

Trans Liira. Soc Zool. Ser 2. VoL V. PI. 38.

Berjcau tHigh^e-y del etlith.

NEW INDIAN CRUSTACEA.

Wert, KemnAn, imp

Hende

•BiANS. Linn. Soc. Zool Ser.2.Vo1.V. PL 39.

Berjeau i: HigUey iel et mh

NEW INDIAN CRUSTACEA

Welt, tlcwman. imp

Hp.ucJerson

Tp./»-ns. LihTN >Soc . ZooL Sep. 2 Vol.V PI 40.

Serjeau t:H;gh>7 del ellith

V/tjut I.'gwiTiiui :iny.

NE'.V INDIAN CRUSTACEA

/ >J't/C«>W6«''V<W

>>muL:) * >

V^P>J

|>))ll>BJi» 1^:4^

nil

f J I

j^p^ >>y

T

>^/;

; »> > >^

jj

>7^ ryr^. m-r^y

^ '''^' Ji> ]P»l^BAA^fl

)i^ J

r ^ ^^^ 1

Si

i^» ^^>»

lb >

5? J

» i)» »

'»P >)]!> » ^ /^ 1

> >

1^ ^ ;-^ ;^

>> > Ji)

J^>>^-y ^>

LWJ'i

"n

"l;' ^ ^>

?>j?

nr

A>})

3T

'^«Sr 1^

Sf>^^

ff ^f^ I

3> '>>">>» 5*^

Jf^> Jt^J^ pj

J^^ft. >>»

^^s^

'^v^,flto> ^

pl^^flii^HI Jfe ^^

'tSK ?*^ *

'fli^JH^k^ 'i^

?JS ^^^ 5

W^ MKK^' M W-

>^JB^ >«# ij

iJ» »:)).>i^3

>>>a»)

j»>j

>JI>^

>»t

nrr

'B » > ^

J >

>T2

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

3 9088 00722 2367

V> v>>T

^. -►I'll../).! .iiV).J.

) J/- ^"

») 9 )))1

'<-

^

^^^

M>> J)))l» i_-

^^

I 1-

1 tl

jSL^.-SI*i/!).

► .^P»F

*;i'i> >^e) ~ y)W

^» tl^f JMM >

- ■ -, 1

»»

?>'Jin:.:

i.-*-.

lU.

»v) ^'). .^>:^

BL9

>^^>>>V